Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Shell Companies / Mpac Group plc

Mpac Group plc

mpac · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker mpac
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Shell Companies
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Mpac Group plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Mpac Group plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Mpac Group plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Making a difference
Making a difference

We create packaging and 
We create packaging and 
automation ecosystems that 
automation ecosystems that 
enhance manufacturing to help 
enhance manufacturing to help 
businesses adapt and grow
businesses adapt and grow

Mpac Group plc is an international company listed 
on the London Stock Exchange (symbol: MPAC), with 
a long and proud history of delivering innovation and 
excellence on a global basis. Our business is focused 
on the creation of manufacturing solutions that 
make and package the products millions of people 
worldwide depend on.

Contents

01  Year at a glance
02  Who we are and what we do
03  Automation Ecosystems
04  Chairman’s introduction
05  Strategy: Our mission, sectors and values
06  Strategy: Business model
07  Strategy: Goals and priorities
09  Operating review
14  Financial review
17  Principal risks and uncertainties
22  Section 172 statement

24   Chairman’s corporate governance statement
26  Board of Directors
28  Corporate governance report
32  Audit Committee report
36  Remuneration and Nomination Committee report
37  Annual Remuneration report
40  Remuneration policy
45  Directors’ report
47   Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Independent Auditor’s report
49  
56  Consolidated income statement
57   Statement of comprehensive income
58   Statements of changes in equity
60   Statements of financial position
61   Statements of cash flow
62  Accounting policies
69  Notes to the accounts
101   Five-year record
102  Principal divisions and subsidiaries
103  Notice of Annual General Meeting
110   Corporate information

mpac-group.com

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

2
0

3
2

8
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
Year at a glance

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

  Further good progress on the Group’s strategic initiatives

  2022 order intake of £83.8m (2021: £117.9m) 

   Group full year revenue £97.7m (2021: £94.3m) 

  Underlying profit before tax of £3.5m (2021: £8.6m) 

  Statutory profit before tax of £0.2m (2021: £8.2m)

  Underlying earnings per share of 13.3p (2021: 39.7p) 

  Basic loss per share of 2.2p (2021: earnings of 39.1p)

ORDER INTAKE

REVENUE

£83.8m

(2021: £117.9m)

£97.7m

(2021: £94.3m)

UNDERLYING EARNINGS PER SHARE

BASIC LOSS PER SHARE 

13.3p

(2021: 39.7p per share)

2.2p

(2021: Earnings of 39.1p)

PROFIT BEFORE TAX

NET ASSETS

£0.2m

(2021: £8.2m)

£62.2m

(2021: £65.4m)

Revenue by sector

Food and beverage
£45.7m

Clean Energy
£11.1m

Healthcare
£30.1m

Other
£10.8m

Revenue by region

Americas
£52.8m

Asia
£7.4m

Europe, Middle 
East & Africa
£37.5m

1

2
0

0
3
0
2

0
8
0
4

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
e
c
c
n
n
a
a
n
n
r
r
e
e
v
v
o
o
g
g
e
e
t
t
a
a
r
r
o
o
p
p
r
r
o
o
C
C

s
s
t
t
n
n
e
e
m
m
e
e
t
t
a
a
t
t
s
s

l
l

i
i

a
a
c
c
n
n
a
a
n
n
F
F

i
i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc
  Mpac Group plc
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022
Annual Report & Accounts 2022
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Who we are and what we do

We support all brands and all locations with our global operations

Our philosophy is ‘Ingenuity without limits'

Mpac is a provider of full-line product manufacturing and packaging solutions.  
We serve customers globally in the essential and growing sectors of healthcare, clean 
energy, food and beverage, with engineering and services that increase automation, 
safety, sustainability and cost effectiveness. 

We provide packaging and automation solutions to fast-moving consumer goods 
customers, enabling their products to be packaged for distribution to their 
consumers, ensuring security, quality, sustainability and shelf appeal.

We are headquartered in the UK and have strategically located manufacturing and 
Service locations to provide our customers with local support and a global reach.

We are ‘One Mpac’, with four connected businesses that trade under the globally 
respected brand names and product ranges of Lambert, Langen and Switchback. 
Lambert specialises in full-line solutions for the healthcare and clean energy sectors. 
Langen and Switchback provide secondary and tertiary packaging solutions for all 
sectors in which we operate. 

We ensure manufacturing consistency through whole-line integration; from product 
assembly to primary packaging, cartoning to case packing and palletisation – 
designed, delivered and supported globally, while protecting the wider ecosystem  
we all live in.

We don’t just build machines however, we create full-line automation ecosystems to 
develop and optimise manufacturing processes. Our end-to-end capabilities help our 
customers thrive in a changing world. 

The Group leverages its engineering expertise with cutting-edge manufacturing 
technologies and proven machine design, and supports its customers with world 
class service support, delivered locally. We are a global organisation and can provide 
support to customers in any region.  

Our sectors

Healthcare
We help achieve better patient outcomes 
through advanced products, processes and 
packaging formats. From contact lenses to 
wound care products, we’ve got it covered.

Food and beverage
With extensive experience in dealing with 
powders to liquids, cereals to confectionary, 
our packaging machinery covers a wide range 
of applications.

Clean energy 
We are developing battery cell assembly 
processes based upon 24M technology to 
provide high speed at a lower unit cost to 
customers in the sector.

2
2
2

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

2
0

1
2

0
4

23 Corporate governance02 Strategic report48 Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
Automation ecosystems

WHOLE LINE
Using limitless ingenuity to align  
global manufacturing

WHOLE LIFE
Maintaining peak overall equipment  
effectiveness for the lifespan of machines

WHOLE PLANET
Helping businesses grow globally  
while embracing sustainability

  Global whole-line integration

    Hands-on global experts providing local support

  Streamlining processes and identifying efficiencies

  Maintaining peak OEE over machine lifespan

  Creating opportunities for new products

  Transformational digital services

  Next-generation manufacturing for the  
next generation 

  Building efficient machines to optimise 
businesses performance and in turn, reduce  
the impact on the environment

  Reducing transportation footprints with remote 
service assistance and smaller carton sizes

WHOLE LINE, WHOLE LIFE, WHOLE PLANET
Mpac’s offer to customers has been shaped by delivering against these three pillars. The result is Automation Ecosystems

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

3

ONE MPAC
All our products and services operating as ‘One Mpac’ to deliver Automation Ecosystems

Product line specialty

Product line specialty

Product line specialty

   Focus on clean energy and healthcare sector 
device assembly and automation

  Cutting-edge factory automation platforms and 
transformational technologies

  Manufacturing site in EMEA, serving customers in 
EMEA, Americas and APAC

  Exceptional customer service support

    Market leading secondary and end-of-line 
packaging solutions for food and beverage and 
healthcare sectors

  Flexible engineered modular assemblies to support 
customers’ requirements

    Secondary and end-of-line packaging solutions for 
food and beverage and healthcare sectors

  Cartoners, Trayformers, Carton Closers,  
Case Erectors and Case Packers, and Labelling 
machines

  Manufacturing sites in EMEA and Americas, 
serving customers in EMEA, Americas and APAC

  Manufacturing site in Americas, serving  
customers in EMEA and Americas

  Global Service support offering

  Integrated Group Service supporting  
customers globally

Assembly
Assembly

Filling & 
Filling & 
Dosing
Dosing

Primary 
packaging

Product handling 
Product handling 
and infeed
and infeed

Cartoning
Cartoning

Tray forming
Tray forming

Case packing
Case packing

Palletising
Palletising

MPAC CUBE
We’ve folded the many sides of our automation service and support together to form the ‘Mpac Cube’  
Propelling production goals through Connectivity, Productivity and Sustainability

2
0

1
2

0
4

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance02 Strategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Chairman’s introduction

Further good progress has been 
made against our long term strategic 
objectives of focusing upon the 
growth potential from the Food and 
Beverage and Healthcare sectors. 
Alongside these initiatives the Group 
has established the foundations to 
access the future potential from 
the emerging clean energy battery 
production sector by supporting the 
battery cell assembly development 
line for FREYR Battery. While the 
scale of the opportunity remains 
uncertain, the development work 
completed in 2022 provides the 
Group with the best possible access 
to the market for the cell assembly 
technology within our scope.

Considerable progress has also been 
made in developing our Service 
businesses alongside mitigation of 
operational challenges, underpinned 
by the prior roll out of common ERP 
and business systems across the 
Group. Our investment proposition 
remains one of organic growth, 
augmented by carefully selected 
acquisitions.

Our strategy remains to focus on 
the high growth Healthcare and 
Food & Beverage sectors, driven by 
innovation and a focus on software 
and platform developments to ensure 
operational leverage.

On pages 24 to 31 I discuss corporate 
governance and the Board’s activities 
during the year.

Summary of results

The impact of wider economic 
uncertainty and the disruption to 
supply chains in 2022 is reflected 
in the financial results for the year. 
Order intake for the Group of £83.8m 
(2021: £117.9m) and Group revenues 
of £97.7m (2021: £94.3m). Underlying 
operating profit before tax was above 
revised market expectations at £3.9m 
(2021: £8.8m) and underlying profit 
before tax was in line with revised 
market expectations at £3.5m (2021: 
£8.6m). Statutory profit before tax 
was £0.2m (2021: £8.2m). Group net 
debt ended the year at £4.7m 
(2021: net cash £13.6m).

Acquisitions 

In September 2020, the Group 
acquired Switchback for £11.5m. 
During 2022, Switchback has been 
further integrated into the Americas 
region and the wider Group. The Group 
was pleased to settle the final tranche 
of deferred consideration of £0.8m, 
associated with the satisfaction of 
stretching performance targets in the 
year to 30 September 2022, which was 
paid in October 2022. 

Board changes 

I would like to welcome Adam Holland 
to the Board as Chief Operating Officer.

Adam joined the Board in November 
2022 and brings with him extensive 
experience of senior executive and 
business leadership roles in the 
engineering and service sectors. 
These include General Manager at 

JCB Service and Managing Director 
at JCB Power Products, having 
previously held senior leadership 
roles in the Energy, Oil and Gas and 
Aerospace sectors.

Dividend

Having considered the trading results 
for 2022 and the opportunities for 
investment in the growth of the 
Group, the Board has decided that it is 
not appropriate to pay a final dividend. 
No interim dividend was paid in 
2022. Future dividend payments will 
be considered by the Board in the 
context of 2023 trading performance 
and made when the Board believes it 
is prudent to do so.

Outlook

The Group operates in a range 
of attractive growth sectors and 
geographic markets and has 
continued to demonstrate an ability 
to grow recurring Service revenue. 
The order book remains robust, 
providing good coverage over 2023 
revenue, and I consider the prospects 
for the Group over the medium term 
remain strong, as the sales and profit 
growth initiatives established by 
the leadership team take hold. I look 
forward to reporting on the progress 
that will be made during 2023.

Andrew Kitchingman 
Chairman

22 March 2023

ANDREW KITCHINGMAN 
CHAIRMAN

“ I am pleased to report that 
measures implemented 
to mitigate the impact of 
supply chain disruption 
resulted in an improved 
financial performance in 
the second half of the 
year and supported by 
the prior implementation 
of strategic initiatives, we 
anticipate that the Group 
is in a position to return 
to profitable growth and 
an improved financial 
performance in 2023.”

4
4

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

2
0

3
2

8
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategy: Our mission, sectors and values

Our mission 
To be a global leader of high-speed packaging and 
automation solutions focused on attractive growth 
markets enhanced by a world-class service offer 
programme to ensure maximum return on 
customer investments.

Customer focused, responsive and flexible through 
operational excellence underpinned by a global 
competitive supply chain and internal activities 
optimised to maximise efficiency.

Address our customers’ unmet needs by 
leveraging market leading technology, innovation 
and application know-how.

Our values
Integrity
Deliver on our promise, respect  
and value others.

Excellence
Always striving to be better.

Passionate
Be energised to deliver.

Innovation
Identify a need, think outside of  
the box and deliver solutions.

Collaboration
Working together without  
boundaries for the collective goal.

Our sectors
Healthcare 
Supporting healthcare industries 
as diverse as contact lenses, facial 
tissues and dentifrice. Mpac supplies 
innovative first-of-a-kind machinery 
as well as standard packing and 
testing equipment.

Food and beverage 
Providing innovative solutions for 
secondary and end-of-line packaging. 
Cartoning and case packing of bags, 
stick packs, pouches, flow wrapped 
products, bottles and more, to our 
customers’ requirements.

Clean energy
Developing partnerships and 
solutions offering innovative scalable 
manufacturing approach for lithium 
battery production line, while reducing 
the unit cost.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

5

“ To create automation ecosystems 
that enhance manufacturing to 
help businesses to adapt and grow. 
Advancing the world with manufacturing 
solutions which make a difference.”

    Mpac purpose statement

2
0

3
2

8
4

Customer focused, responsive and flexible 
through operational excellence.

Address our customers’ unmet needs by 
leveraging market leading technology and 
innovation.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Strategy: Business model

6
6

The ‘One Mpac’ business model ensures 
we deliver consistent high-quality 
services to our customers globally and 
wherever they choose to locate a 
manufacturing site.

The Group offers its customers 
automation and packaging solutions, 
customised to their requirements 
using a portfolio of proven modules 
augmented with a customer specific 
product package handling solution.

The implementation of our ‘One Mpac’ 
business model incorporates sales, 
service, and operations functions. 
Common processes are all monitored 
and controlled by effective project 
management. Service support is 
provided through the life of the product 
at the customers’ sites.

The capital equipment market is cyclical 
by its nature with a high need for 
responsiveness and flexibility to adapt to 
customer demands and lead time needs, 
seizing the opportunities as they arise.

The Group is able to exploit synergies, 
utilising best practice across the sites 
and a shared services resource in order 
to improve the operational efficiencies.

This creates a model whereby we can 
increase utilisation with the ability to 
expand capacity with increased 
demand and reduce capacity in periods 
of lower demand.

What we do

We design, develop software, precision 
engineer and manufacture high speed 
packaging solutions, first-of-a-kind 
machinery and high specification 
automation, secondary packing 
equipment and end-of-line robotics with 
integrated testing solutions. We do not 
just build machines; we create full-line 
automation ecosystems to develop and 
optimise manufacturing processes.  
Our end-to-end capabilities help our 
customers thrive in a changing world.

Optimise

We make sure your machine 
stays up-to-date with the 
latest modernisations and 
automation upgrades. This 
ensures minimal downtime 
and less risk of serious 
damage to your equipment 
throughout the lifetime of 
your lines.

Our bespoke whole life 
service options, with remote 
monitoring and servicing, 
ensure unstoppable OEE and 
keeps your machines in prime 
condition, year after year.

Monitor

With your permission, our 
experts can connect to your 
control system to give you 
a complete review of your 
machine performance. By 
doing so, we can predict and 
prevent problems to ensure 
consistency and compliance. 
We also offer you actionable 
insights to maximise your 
equipment effectiveness.

M
O

N

I

T

O

R

E

P T I M I S

O

C

O

N

S

U

L

T

S U S T A INABLE
P E R F O RMANCE

E
LIF
E
C
I
V
R
E
S

E
L
O
H
W

ER G Y

N
E
N
A
E

L

C

FOO

D

I

N

R

N

&

O

D

&

B

E

V

E
R
A
G
E

V

A
T

A
N
D

I

O
N

H

EALTH C A R

E

G

L

L

I

N

O

B

E

I

N

A

L

W

T

E

G

R

HOLE
ATION

S

L I G E NT
L O GIE

O

N

L
E
I N T
T E C H

D

L

I

U
B

D
N
A
N
G
SI

E

D

INS T A L L

Consult

Ecosystems live, breathe 
and evolve, and so should 
your automation ecosystem. 
That’s why we’re by your side 
at every stage, consulting 
with you to understand 
your challenges and solve 
your problems before they 
occur. Ingenious thinking is 
personal, so we take the time 
to listen to your needs and 
what you want from your 
machines and products.

Design and build

With your current and 
future needs in mind, we 
develop fresh ideas and 
design innovative machines 
to keep you ahead of the 
competition.

Install

We install your new machine 
at a time that suits you. To 
get the most out of your 
machine, our effective 
employee training reduces 
start-up costs and allows 
your equipment to reach its 
target performance quickly.

23 Corporate governance02 Strategic report48 Financial statementsMpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

7

Strategy: Goals and priorities

Going for
growth

Service as
a business

Operational 
efficiency

  2022 progress

Products

One Mpac

  Future plans

Global

Innovation

New customer relationships 
developed in EMEA and 
Americas

Cross selling of Switchback and 
Langen product ranges

Key account management and 
product line development

Develop and augment clean 
energy proposition

One Mpac

Americas

Mpac Cube

Systems

Integration of regional Service 
teams to provide seamless 
support

Expansion of Americas 
healthcare service team

Subscription based revenue 
from Mpac Cube product 
offering

Drive to enhanced customer 
responsiveness

One Mpac

One Mpac

One Mpac

Americas

Progress standardised machine 
design and modular build 
programme

Leverage common global 
supply chain

Secure coverage of supply 
constrained key electrical 
components

ERP and business systems 
blueprint deployment in 
Cleveland

Innovation

Products

Products

Technology

Americas

Cardboard tray erector to 
support drive for sustainability

Extension of additional features 
for case packing and cartoning 
product range

Develop next generation 
cartoning capabilities

Extend Switchback product line 
offering for Food and Beverage 
and Healthcare markets

People

Skills

Knowledge

Skills

Skills

Graduation of first year Mpac 
Academy participants to 
develop future leaders

Investment in employee 
development and training

Focus on resourcing local site 
leadership team

Continued investment in Mpac 
Academy

Achieving our ambitions
The market and our customer 
demands continue to evolve, with a 
clear need for full solutions to their 
packaging requirements supported 
by a comprehensive services 
proposition to ensure maximised 
return on their investments. Demand 
for data capture and traceability 
throughout the product life-cycle is 
also an increasing trend.

By utilising the impressive array of 
innovative engineering solutions 
throughout the Mpac sites, supported 
by a focused product development 
roadmap targeted on the attractive 
growth markets, we will be well 

positioned to deliver growth beyond 
industry forecasts. The Group offers 
innovative solutions, working with 
the customers’ product development 
engineers and marketing functions 
on the next generation of innovative 
products. By partnering with these 
key global customers, Mpac will  
be well positioned to support  
the customer from prototype to 
series production. 

This capability should be leveraged 
across our global sales team and 
into our global key accounts and 
prospects. Service continued to 
represent a support to increase 

productivity and to secure a return 
on the investment in equipment. 
Product innovation and development 
is key to sustained growth in the large 
and attractive markets we operate 
in. Our new product development 
roadmap is focused on the needs of 
the market and is orientated around 
digital led innovation.

‘One Mpac’ business model with a 
regionally focused, single business 
entity model has been implemented. 
Mpac provides local support on a 
global level, delivered via our region 
commercial teams, supported by a 
global service and operations functions.

Customer responsiveness and 
reduced lead times are key 
competitive advantages and as such 
we need to continuously improve. By 
working on a global basis, operations 
and shared services will be better able 
to increase operational efficiencies, 
whilst simultaneously creating a 
flexible and responsive manufacturing 
base and supply chain to quickly 
adapt to changes in customer 
demand and investment cycles.

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance02 Strategic report 
  Mpac Group plc
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

We make a difference through...

Encouraging inspiration

“ Our people are the heart of Mpac, and the Mpac 
Academy ensures the next generation of leaders 
have the skills to succeed.”
  TONY STEELS – CEO

8
8

t
t
r
r
o
o
p
p
e
e
r
r
c
c
g
g
e
e
t
t
a
a
r
r
t
t
S
S

i
i

e
e
c
c
n
n
a
a
n
n
r
r
e
e
v
v
o
o
g
g
e
e
t
t
a
a
r
r
o
o
p
p
r
r
o
o
C
C

s
s
t
t
n
n
e
e
m
m
e
e
t
t
a
a
t
t
s
s

l
l

i
i

a
a
c
c
n
n
a
a
n
n
F
F

i
i

2
2
0
0

3
1
2
2

8
0
4
4

The Mpac Academy programme was created with a focus on developing the 
future leaders of Mpac. 

Each year, a select group of high-performing individuals across all of the 
Mpac global sites, who are operating in a managerial capacity and  
deemed to have the potential to progress to a senior level position within  
the company, will be nominated and invited to participate.

This important initiative was officially launched in early 2022 with the 
graduation week hosted at the Tadcaster, UK site in December. 

As part of the programme, the participants collectively worked on a business 
case and presented to the Executive Leadership Team. 

The inaugural class will now become coaches and mentors for the Class  
of 2023.

Programme Overview 

Workshops and Training Modules  

  Dedicated mentors for each 
participant

  Inspirational speakers

  Site visit to Mississauga and UK

  Various group exercises

  Coaching & Mentoring cohort for  
Class of 2023 

  Support training and development 
within the business

  Influential Leadership

  Developing and delivering strategic 
objectives

  Self-awareness and assessment  
of leadership style

  Motivating your team to become a 
high-performing team

  Finance for the non financial manager

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating review

TONY STEELS 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE

“ Mpac, as a team, once 
again demonstrated 
agility to implement 
mitigations to deliver a 
second half recovery, faced 
with increased macro-
economic uncertainty and 
unprecedented volatility 
in the global supply chain 
which impacted both the 
lead time of customers’ 
order placement and 
caused operational 
challenges. The Group 
responded dynamically 
to continue to meet 
customer expectations 
again, increasing service 
revenue. The Group ended 
2022 with a strong closing 
order book and a healthy 
prospect pipeline, providing 
an encouraging outlook  
for 2023.”

In 2022 the Group continued to 
make progress in the development 
of casting and unit cell assembly 
equipment for the battery cell 
production line at the FREYR Battery 
(“FREYR”) Customer Qualification 
Plant in Norway. During H2, changes 
agreed with FREYR have resulted in 
a revised plan for delivery of the line 
in Q1 2023, and commissioning in Q2 
2023. In September 2022, the Group 
announced a framework agreement 
for the supply of assembly equipment 
to the production lines intended by 
FREYR to follow-on from the initial 
Qualification Plant.

2022 was a milestone year for Mpac 
with the first graduates from our 
Mpac Academy, aimed at developing 
future leaders for the Group. Mpac 
was at the Pack Expo trade show in 
Chicago for the first time as a truly 
integrated business offering sales 
and service throughout the Americas 
through unified teams.

Introduction

In recent years the Group has made 
substantial progress in its strategic 
plans to deliver growth from the 
resilient food and beverage and 
healthcare markets, which have 
attractive long term growth drivers. 
However, well documented short-
term operational challenges caused 
by macro-economic headwinds 
and volatile global supply chains 
resulted in lower order intake, 
reduced operational efficiency and 
extended project build time frames 
during 2022. Against this backdrop, 
the Group was successfully able to 
implement a range of pro-active 
mitigation measures which drove an 
improved financial performance in 
the second half of the year. These 
included securing stock, establishing 
alternative sources of electronic 
component supply; increased focus 
on reliable planning data from our 
ERP system, close management of 
our supply chain, negotiating price 
increases, and implementing cost 
saving initiatives. It is also thanks to 
the dedication and resourcefulness 
of our employees that our customers’ 
expectations have broadly continued 
to be met during this challenging 
period for Mpac.

£83.8m

Overall Group order intake 
(2021: £117.9m)

£67.2m

Order book for 2023
(2021: £78.4m)

£97.7m

Group revenue 
(2021: £94.3m)

£74.6m

Original Equipment revenue 
(2021: £74.1m) 

£23.1m

Service revenue 
(2021: £20.2m)

Revenue by geography

  Americas  £52.8m
  Europe, Middle East & Africa  £37.5m
  Asia  £7.4m

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

9

2
2
0
0

3
1
2
2

8
0
4
4

t
t
r
r
o
o
p
p
e
e
r
r
c
c
g
g
e
e
t
t
a
a
r
r
t
t
S
S

i
i

e
e
c
c
n
n
a
a
n
n
r
r
e
e
v
v
o
o
g
g
e
e
t
t
a
a
r
r
o
o
p
p
r
r
o
o
C
C

s
s
t
t
n
n
e
e
m
m
e
e
t
t
a
a
t
t
s
s

l
l

i
i

a
a
c
c
n
n
a
a
n
n
F
F

i
i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

10

We make a difference through...

Product innovation

“ Mpac designs, manufactures and supports automation 
solutions needed to bring life-saving products to market.”

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

2
0

3
2

8
4

Mpac was selected by a leading healthcare customer who 
simplifies and improves diabetes management around the 
world, as the preferred supplier for multiple packaging 
automation lines for their innovative medical device. 

 Customer requirement

  To automatically package a medical device into vertical cartons.

  Verify and track each individual device production data, including  
batch, lot and product information.

  Verify and insert instructions for use into each carton, along with  
the device. 

  Laser print and verify the production data as noted.

  Close and seal the cartons, then automatically package them into  
a shipper case, applying production data information on the exterior  
of the shipping case.

  Support the solution across its global manufacturing base.

 Mpac solution

  A proven track record at providing robotic infeed and applications to 
handle incoming devices.

  Developed a vertical continuous cartoner (VCC), capable of reliably 
forming, handling and sealing cartons.

  Implemented multiple machine vision verification systems to validate 
device product data, including batch, lot and product information.

  Developed line communication protocol software to handle the data 
exchange between the packaging equipment and customer database.

  Global footprint providing local Service support aligned to the customer’s 
manufacturing locations.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating review continued

Our search for further complementary 
acquisition targets continues. 
However, the focus of management 
remains on delivering organic growth 
and extending our commercial 
reach to new customers with new 
products and services, supported 
by a comprehensive, market-led 
development roadmap. 

The business fundamentals of Mpac 
remain strong and the business has 
again demonstrated resilience in 
managing short term operational 
challenges. The Board is excited about 
the next phase for the Group, given 
our strong position in the growing 
healthcare and food & beverage 
sectors, we remain on track to meet 
our long-term strategic objectives.

Supply chain

Disruption to the supply of critical, 
customer-specified chip based 
electronic components continues; 
however, the Group has been proactive 
in implementing mitigation measures 
described above. Parts delays 
extended project build times, resulting 
in increased levels of working capital, 
which was funded with a combination 
of free cash and borrowing against 
existing committed bank facilities. The 
increase in working capital is expected 
to unwind as the backlog of projects 
are largely cleared in H1 2023.

Strategic update

Our strategy focuses on three key 
initiatives to drive growth:

Going for Growth – Offering 
comprehensive “Automation 
Ecosystems” in our target sectors, 
driven by understanding customer 
needs and providing innovative 
solutions;

Make Service a Business – 
A comprehensive portfolio of service 
products to maximise customers’ 
return on investment; and

Operational Efficiency – Operational 
excellence and flexible supply chains, 
increasing responsiveness to our 
customers.

Going for Growth
Our goal remains to grow Group 
revenue at a double-digit rate year 
on year. The overall addressable 
end market is substantial and 
growing, though macro-economic 
uncertainty has impacted the timing 
of customer investment, extending 
decision-making cycles. However, the 
fundamentals of the markets in 
which we operate remain strong.

During 2022 we further consolidated 
and focused our regional sales 
structure through extensive training 
and sales tools, supporting cross 
selling and delivering a wider range 
of machines to new and existing 
customers. Our One Mpac model was 
reinforced with significant investment 
in trade shows, most notably the 
flagship Chicago packaging exhibition, 
Pack Expo, in September, resulting in 
a significant uptick in both followers 
and lead generation.

Innovation remains the key to 
long term sustainable growth. We 
have made significant progress in 
2022 developing technologies to 
support our solutions for the clean 
energy sector in collaboration with 
24M and FREYR. Furthermore, 
we have launched additional 
products marketed under the Mpac 
Cube brand, which incorporates 
innovations focused on improved 
machine performance and digital 
enhancements as well as further 
Industry 4.0 enabled technology. 
Our recently launched case packing 
solutions have now become a key 
product to offer our customers 
in combination with other Mpac 
solutions.

Make Service a Business
Service continues to grow year on 
year supported by investments in 
innovation and building resources 
located in the regions our customers 
operate. Mpac Cube was further 
developed during the year, 
incorporating our service installation 
and commissioning, spare parts, site 
service and training, together with 
retrofits and upgrades. In addition, 
a suite of digital products is now 
available to provide customers with 
advanced engineering, information 
management, connected services 
and machine insights, ensuring 
our customers can fully embrace 
Industry 4.0.

Our goal is to generate 30% of our 
revenue from these services and we 
are well on track to meet this target.

In 2022 we also enhanced our Service 
model in the Americas, developing the 
Americas healthcare service business 
unit, which provides proactive and 
responsive technical support specific 
to the installed machine base. This 
remains a key focus as we enter 2023.

We make sure your machine stays up to date 
with the latest modernisations.

Our bespoke whole life service options 
ensure unstoppable OEE and keeps your 
machines in prime condition.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

11

2
0

3
2

8
4

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

12
12

We make a difference through...

Helping businesses adapt

“ In our tireless search for a global automation partner that met 
our challenging requirements, no other premium manufacturer 
stood out as clearly as Mpac Group”
  GASPARE GUARRASI – CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

Mpac were selected by Tattooed Chef, a leading plant-based 
food company offering a broad portfolio of innovative plant-based 
food products that include ready-to-cook meal bowls, acai and 
smoothie bowls. The first Mpac solution cartons, case packs and 
palletizes Organic Acai Smoothie Bowls, with the second line 
dedicated to packaging their other signature ready-to-cook bowls.

 Tattooed Chef requirement

  Trusted supplier for a long-term partnership.

  Holistic approach for a true automation solution for end of line.

  Full automation within a smaller than desirable footprint.

  Top load cartoning with challenging rate requirements and collation.

 Mpac solution

  5-step approach commencing with consultation. 

  Turnkey solution within desired areas.

  Strong collaboration with a strong focus on the customer’s requirement.

  Solution: LRC-400 top load cartoner, raised Solano top load case  
packer and an LRC-600 palletizing solution – accommodating  
a variety of carton and case sizes with load patterns. 

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

2
0

3
2

8
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating review continued

Operational Efficiency
Our goal is to be a flexible 
organisation which can respond 
with agility to our customers’ needs, 
leveraging our global internal 
resources as one. Short term 
operational challenges in 2022 
highlighted the benefits of the prior 
investment in business systems 
which played a key part in mitigating 
the impact for the full year.

Our global ERP and business systems 
blueprint implemented in our facilities 
in the Netherlands, Canada and the 
UK, will be rolled out to our facility in 
the US during 2023.

We are proud to have completed 
the inaugural year of our Mpac 
Academy and will look to extend this 
in 2023 with a graduate development 
programme, to include recent 
graduates, aimed at enlarging our 
graduate intake across all disciplines 
in the Group and providing them with 
a broad base of training, to support 
their career and future development 
with Mpac.

Environmental, Social & Governance

Outlook

We are fully committed to improving 
our Environmental, Social & 
Governance (‘’ESG’’) performance in 
all areas. Sustainability is at the core 
of the Mpac business model. Our 
engineered automation and packaging 
solutions provide customers with 
sustainable and environmentally 
sound equipment that support the 
global megatrends of reductions in 
packaging, particularly single-use 
plastics, reduced waste and increase 
overall equipment effectiveness. 
Our end-to-end capabilities help 
our customers to achieve their 
sustainability goals.

Acquisition strategy and update

The Board continues to seek and 
evaluate potential acquisition 
opportunities, the focus of which is to 
find businesses that will enhance our 
customer proposition in automation 
and packaging solutions by extending 
our product range and our access 
to a broader range of customers 
in our key market sectors. Several 
opportunities are currently under 
evaluation and further updates will 
be provided as appropriate.

The Group has a strong order book 
and prospect pipeline and continues 
to focus on meeting customer 
commitments. 

Economic conditions of rising 
energy costs, higher interest rates, 
skilled labour shortages and 
ongoing semi-conductor supply 
constraints are expected to continue 
from 2022 into 2023, setting the 
context for customer investments 
and decision-making.

The measures implemented 
to respond to the short-term 
operational challenges of increasing 
inflation and supply chain disruption 
in 2022 have placed the Group in 
a good position to successfully 
manage any ongoing disruption. 

The Group remains focused on 
executing its long-term strategy of 
delivering OE and Service growth 
at improved margins, increasingly 
through our digital services customer 
offering, together with increased 
operational efficiencies.

We continue to work with our 
customer, FREYR, to develop and 
build a clean energy casting and unit 
cell assembly line and, while timelines 
have been extended, this project has 
the potential to open the clean energy 
sector to Mpac. Delivering the initial 
development line and establishing 
Mpac’s position as a trusted 
partner to provide battery assembly 
automation in this exciting and rapidly 
developing market will be a focus for 
the Group in 2023.

The Board believes the Group’s long 
term prospects are positive and the 
new financial year has started in 
line with its expectations. Whilst the 
macro-economic and geopolitical 
uncertainty looks likely to continue, 
Mpac is well positioned to meet its 
strategic objectives.

Tony Steels 
Chief Executive

22 March 2023

With your current and future needs in mind, 
we develop fresh ideas and design innovative 
machines.

Mpac was selected by a leading healthcare 
customer who simplifies and improves 
diabetes management around the world.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

13

2
0

3
2

8
4

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Financial review

14
14

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

2
0

3
2

8
4

WILL WILKINS 
GROUP FINANCE DIRECTOR

“ Investment in working 
capital to manage and 
mitigate the impact of the 
supply chain crisis on the 
Group was successful in 
securing revised project 
build timeframes and is 
expected to unwind in the 
first half of 2023.’’ 

Revenue and operating results

Group revenues of £97.7m (2021: 
£94.3m) represent an increase of 4% 
compared to the previous year. OE 
revenue remained broadly level at 
£74.6m (2021: £74.1m), underpinned 
largely by growth in EMEA and from 
the clean energy sector. Services 
revenue grew by 14% to £23.1m (2021: 
£20.2m), driven predominantly by 
growth in the Americas and Asia 
Pacific. The rate of revenue growth 
in all regions was impacted by 
lengthening supply chain lead times 
and operational inefficiencies from 
erratic supplies of key electronic 
components.

Overall order intake for the Group fell 
by 29% to £83.8m (2021: £117.9m), 
due primarily to the impact of 
lengthening customer investment 
decision making in the light of a more 
challenging economic outlook.

The closing 2022 order book reduced 
to £67.2m (2021: £78.4m), albeit with 
increased customer diversification. 
The value of the closing order book, 
whilst below the prior year, continues 
to provide good coverage over the 
forecast 2023 revenue. We remain 
vigilant to project execution risk and 
the impact on operational efficiency 
of supply chain disruption. 

The Group was significantly impacted 
by the supply chain crisis in 2022, 
which resulted in a reduction in 
market profit guidance, announced in 
July 2022. Pleasingly, the measures 
that we implemented have been 
successful and the Group reported a 
full year underlying operating profit 
of £3.9m, ahead of revised market 
guidance. Extended project build 
times led to an increase in the volume 
of partially complete projects at 
the year end and resulted in higher 
working capital. After the cost of 
debt to fund the increase in working 
capital, underlying profit before tax 
for the year of £3.5m was in line with 
revised market guidance.

We manage the business in two parts, 
OE and Service and across three 
regions, Americas, EMEA and Asia.

Revenue by region was Americas 
£52.8m (2021: £63.3m), EMEA 
£37.5m (2021: £26.7m) and Asia 
£7.4m (2021: £4.3m).

Revenue by sector was food & 
beverage £45.7m (2021: £45.3m), 
healthcare £30.1m (2021: £29.2m), 
clean energy £11.1m (2021: £2.6m) and 
other £10.8m (2021: £17.2m).

Individual OE contracts, and to a lesser 
extent the Service business, can be 
large. Accordingly, a few significant 
orders can have a disproportionate 
impact on the growth rates seen in 
individual sectors and regions from 
year to year.

Key Performance Indicators
The Group uses a range of 
measures to monitor progress 
against its strategic and financial 
plans. The key performance 
indicators are presented below:

£83.8m

Overall Group order intake 
(2021: £117.9m)

£97.7m

Revenue 
(2021: £94.3m) 

£3.5m

Underlying profit before tax 
(2021: £8.6m) 

3.6%

Underlying PBT return on sales 
(2021: 9.3%)

13.3p

Underlying EPS 
(2021: 39.7p) 

Statutory Key Performance Indicators

The statutory measures relating to the underlying Key Performance Indicators above are as follows:

£0.2m

Profit before tax 
(2021: £8.2m)

0.2%

PBT return on sales 
(2021: 8.7%)

-2.2p

Basic EPS 
(2021: 39.1p)

 
 
 
 
 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

15

2022 
£m
3.5

(0.8)
(0.3)
(0.6)
–
(1.6)
–
–
(3.3)
0.2

2021 
£m
8.6

(1.0)
(0.4)
–
2.4
(1.6)
(0.1)
0.3
(0.4)
8.2

Original Equipment 

Reconciliation of underlying profit before tax to profit before tax

Underlying profit before tax

Non-underlying items
Defined benefit pension scheme – other costs and interest
Acquisition costs
Reorganisation costs
Release of deferred consideration
Acquired intangible asset amortisation
Deferred consideration interest
Profit on disposal of Coventry facility
Non-underlying items total
Profit before tax

OE order intake of £57.2m (2021: 
£96.0m) was 40% below the prior year 
due to customer orders being brought 
forward to 2021. OE revenues of 
£74.6m (2021: £74.1m) were in line with 
the prior year. 

OE revenue generated in the Americas 
region was 23% below the prior year at 
£40.9m (2021: £53.4m). The decrease 
in revenue was primarily driven by 
supply chain delays impacting project 
deliveries in the food & beverage 
sector.

In EMEA, OE revenue in the year 
was £27.8m (2021: £17.4m) with the 
increase due primarily to the growth 
within the clean energy sector in 
2022. OE revenue in Asia was £5.9m 
(2021: £3.3m). 

Service

Order intake for the Service division 
was 21% above 2021 at £26.6m (2021: 
£21.9m). Service revenue of £23.1m 
(2021: £20.2m) was 14% above the 
prior year. 

Service revenue in the Americas 
showed strong growth at £11.9m 
compared to £9.9m in 2021, with 
the increase being driven largely by 
the healthcare and food & beverage 
sectors. EMEA revenue in the year was 
£9.7m compared to £9.3m in 2021. 
Asia revenue in the year was £1.5m 
compared to £1.0m in 2021.

Revenue (£m)

Underlying profit before tax (£m)

100

80

60

40

20

0

10

8

6

4

2

0

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Underlying operating return on sales (%)

Net assets (£m)

10

8

6

4

2

0

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2
0

3
2

8
4

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Financial review continued

16
16

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

2
0

3
2

8
4

Operating results

Gross profit was £24.4m (2021: 
£28.9m) and underlying selling, 
distribution and administration costs 
were £20.5m (2021: £20.1m). 

Underlying operating profit was 
£3.9m (2021: £8.8m). Underlying 
profit after tax was £2.7m (2021: 
£7.9m) and statutory loss for the year 
was £0.4m (2021: profit of £7.8m).

Non-underlying items merit 
separate presentation in the 
consolidated income statement to 
allow a better understanding of the 
Group’s financial performance, by 
facilitating comparisons with prior 
periods and assessments of trends 
in financial performance. Pension 
costs, acquisition-related items, 
reorganisation costs and property 
transactions are considered non-
underlying items as they are not 
representative of the core trading 
activities of the Group and are not 
included in the underlying profit 
before tax measure reviewed by 
key stakeholders.

Net financing income was £0.2m 
(2021: expense of £0.1m). Tax on 
underlying profit before tax was 
£0.8m (2021: £0.7m). The tax charge 
on the Group’s profit before tax was 
£0.6m (2021: £0.4m).

Dividends

Having considered the opportunities 
for investment in the growth of the 
Group, the Board has decided that it is 
not appropriate to pay a final dividend. 
No interim dividend was paid in 
2022. Future dividend payments will 
be considered by the Board in the 
context of future growth opportunities 
and when the Board believes it is 
prudent to do so.

Cash, treasury and funding activities

Cash at the end of the year was 
£4.2m (2021: £14.5m), after £8.0m 
of borrowings were drawn during 
the year. Net cash outflow before 
reorganisation was £12.8m (2021: 

inflow of £0.8m), after an increase 
in working capital of £17.7m (2021: 
£8.2m) and defined benefit pension 
payments of £2.1m (2021: £2.6m). 
Reorganisation and acquisition costs 
of £0.8m (2021: £0.3m) were paid 
in the year. Net taxation payments 
were £0.4m (2021: £0.1m). Capital 
expenditure on property, plant and 
equipment was £1.0m (2021: £1.5m), 
and capitalised product development 
expenditure was £1.4m (2021: £0.2m). 
Net current assets at the end of the 
year were £12.2m (2021: £12.5m) 
and net assets at the year end were 
£62.2m (2021: £65.4m).

Deferred consideration of £0.8m 
in respect of the acquisition of 
Switchback in 2020, following the 
satisfaction of certain performance 
targets in the year to 30 September 
2022, was paid in October 2022. The 
two-year performance criteria relating 
to the purchase of Switchback in 
2020 has now concluded with the 
deferred consideration paid in full.

The Group entered into a three-year 
funding agreement with HSBC in 
2022, which provides the Group with 
a £20.0m revolving credit facility to 
support future growth. This facility 
also provides a number of other 
opportunities to proactively manage 
the Group’s cash and ensure that 
the Group is well placed to react 
to opportunities, both organic and 
acquisition related, as they arise. 
The Group utilised £8.0m of this 
facility in the year.

There were no significant changes 
during 2022 in the financial risks, 
principally currency risks and 
interest rate movements, to which 
the business is exposed, and the 
Group treasury policy has remained 
unchanged. The Group does not 
trade in financial instruments and 
enters into derivatives (mainly forward 
foreign exchange contracts) solely for 
the purpose of minimising currency 
exposures on sales or purchases in 
currencies other than the functional 
currencies of its various operations.

Working Capital

The global supply chain crisis 
resulted in delays to project builds 
and more OE projects at the design 
and assembly stage of completion 
than at the start of the year. This 
change delayed the achievement 
of completion milestones, delaying 
invoicing to customers.

This build-up of contract assets 
peaked in the fourth quarter of 2022 
following the supply of certain key 
electrical components. At the same 
time, order intake in the second half 
of 2022 was weighted towards the 
end of the year, which broadly did 
not allow for sufficient time for the 
collection of customer deposits before 
the year end. This combination of 
factors led to an increase in working 
capital which we expect to largely 
unwind in the first half of 2023.

Pension schemes

The Group is responsible for defined 
benefit pension schemes in the UK 
and the US, in which there are no 
active members. 

The IAS 19 valuation of the UK 
scheme’s assets and liabilities was 
undertaken as at 31 December 2022 
and was based on the information 
used for the funding valuation work 
as at 30 June 2021, updated to reflect 
both conditions at the 2022 year end 
and the specific requirements of IAS 
19. The smaller US defined benefit 
schemes were valued as at 
31 December 2022, using actuarial 
data as of 1 January 2022, updated 
for conditions existing at the year 
end. Under IAS 19 the Group has 
elected to recognise all actuarial 
gains and losses outside of the 
income statement. 

The IAS 19 valuation of the UK 
scheme resulted in a net surplus at 
the end of the year of £31.5m (2021: 
£35.7m) which is included within 
the Group’s assets. The value of the 
scheme’s assets at 31 December 2022 
was £311.2m (2021: £453.1m) and the 
value of the scheme’s liabilities was 

£279.7m (2021: £417.4m). Despite the 
unprecedented volatility in financial 
markets around the world in 2022, 
the scheme’s protection strategies, 
notably its use of Liability Driven 
Investments, ensured that the surplus 
was protected.

The IAS 19 valuations of the US 
pension schemes showed an 
aggregated net deficit of £2.1m 
(2021: £2.5m) with total assets of 
£8.1m (2021: £9.9m). 

During the year the Company made 
payments to the UK defined benefit 
scheme of £2.0m (2021: £2.3m).

The UK scheme’s triennial valuation 
as at 30 June 2021 was completed 
in the year, with the reported deficit 
reducing to £28.4m (30 June 2018: 
£35.2m). The contributions remained 
at the same level, but the recovery 
period reduced to four years and six 
months (30 June 2018: 6 years 
1 month). 

Equity

Group equity at 31 December 2022 
was £62.2m (2021: £65.4m). The 
movement arises mainly from the loss 
for the year of £0.4m, a net actuarial 
loss in respect of the Group’s defined 
benefit pension schemes of £3.7m 
and changes in the fair value of cash 
flow hedges of £1.3m; all figures are 
stated net of tax where applicable. 

Will Wilkins 
Group Finance Director

22 March 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal risks and uncertainties

The Board regularly considers the main risks that the Group faces and how to mitigate those risks. The principal risks 
and uncertainties to which the business is exposed are summarised as follows.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

17

Risk

SUPPLY CHAIN

Timely, efficient supply of parts and purchased 
components is critical to our ability to deliver to 
our customers. Manufacturing and supply chain 
continuity is exposed to external events that 
could have significant adverse consequences, 
including natural catastrophes, civil or political 
unrest, changes in regulatory conditions, terrorist 
attacks and disease pandemics – this applies to 
our own manufacturing sites and those of our 
key suppliers. The inability to deliver products/
solutions to customers would impact financial 
performance and our reputation.

POLITICAL, ECONOMIC AND MARKET CYCLES 

The Group is potentially affected by global political 
and local economic cycles and changes in a 
number of industrial sectors, including Healthcare 
and Food and Beverage industries. Such potential 
changes include those arising as a consequence 
of governmental activities, such as escalating 
political tensions, regulation and taxation or as a 
consequence of competitive developments within 
the packaging machinery market. 

Mitigation

2022 Movement

Increasing
Extending lead times for the supply of customer 
specified electrical components resulted in 
reduced operational efficiency and delayed 
project execution. The impact was compounded 
by increases in the price of materials and 
components impacting overall project margins. 
Supply chain disruption is expected to continue 
into 2023. Alternative sources of supply, 
engineering rework and closer management of the 
supply chain, alongside increased stock holding, 
have partially mitigated the impact.

Increasing
The ongoing events in Ukraine demonstrate that 
political tensions can have a direct impact on the 
security of supply chains and underlying rates of 
commodity, energy and material cost inflation and 
global interest rates, all of which impact customer 
investment decision making.

Business continuity recovery plans are in place. We have 
undertaken mitigation plans for sole-source suppliers,  
sub-contractors and service providers to identify and  
qualify alternative sources of supply where appropriate.

Customers, suppliers, and Group operations are geographically 
diverse, and the Group sells a range of products and services to a 
number of industries in all parts of the world.

The usual market cycles have been disrupted by the heightened 
global political volatility, with shifts in sector demand and new 
opportunities being accelerated. Mpac has benefited from new 
opportunities and sought to mitigate the impacts where possible, 
including those from energy insecurity. 

In respect of mitigating against the impact of political unrest, Mpac 
maintained a wide and diverse customer and supplier base which 
is not dependent upon any one jurisdiction.

In respect of mitigating against the impact of competitive 
disruption, the Group actively monitors (via publicly available 
information) and responds to both product and competitor 
innovation, as well as seeking opportunities for acquisitions where 
aligned to its strategic objectives.

2
0

3
2

8
4

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk

REGULATORY CHANGE

The Group may be affected by changes in global 
or national regulations across any of its key 
sectors, examples of which include changes in 
regulations which significantly change the demand 
for our customer’s products or restrictions upon/
changes to the methods of packaging and 
distribution. 

The Group may also be affected by changes 
in regulations affecting its manufacturing and 
distribution processes, especially in areas such as 
health and safety and environmental compliance.

LOSS OF TRADING PARTNERS

The Group faces the general risk of trading 
partners, including both customers and suppliers, 
ceasing to operate; the loss of any such partner 
could have an adverse effect on the Group’s 
operating results and financial condition, including 
potentially affecting the viability of a subsidiary 
company. A number of customers operate in 
countries which may face a higher degree of 
political risk than others.

LARGE ONE-OFF PROJECTS

The Group undertakes large, one-off projects 
for its customers each year. Several risks follow 
from the nature of this type of business, including 
the potential for cost over-runs and delays in 
performing the contract, with a consequent impact 
on cash flows and profits. Also, the Group is prone 
to potentially large fluctuations in business levels, 
as demand can be volatile.

Mitigation

2022 Movement

The Group’s products are used to produce and package a very 
wide range of products and restrictions or changes to any one 
product, especially within our key sectors where individuals are 
reliant upon the sector daily, provides some mitigation against 
sudden change.

The Group has extensive knowledge and experience in designing 
machines to accept all kinds of products and packaging materials, 
including those with the lowest environmental impact and 
machines designed to minimise packaging material usage whilst 
maintaining the customer’s product in perfect condition.

The Group’s operations are closely monitored by internal 
processes, emergent risk reviews and ongoing risk assessments 
to ensure both regulatory compliance and a safe working 
environment.

Unchanged
The demand for new packaging and innovation in 
this area has continued unabated, to the benefit of 
the Group.

No new regulatory challenges have emerged in 
2022, though the expanding range of customers 
supplied has added to the site regulatory 
compliance requirements.

The Group has a diversified base of customers. In certain years 
sales to a customer may be more than 15% of Group revenue, 
although the sales would typically be both original equipment and 
service, and to a number of different geographic regions. 

The Group regularly reviews its trading relationships with suppliers 
with the aim of ensuring that alternative sources of supply are 
available.

Customers – Unchanged 
Suppliers – Increasing
The group continues to have a diverse, blue chip 
customer base, so the impact of a loss of a single 
customer is limited. The strength of our customer 
base has both increased and diversified during 
the year, so this risk has decreased. Positive steps 
towards additional supplier diversification have 
been taken.

The Group utilises good project management practices, including 
regular technical and commercial reviews of its major projects. 
Resource capacity is regularly reviewed, alongside reviews of  
order prospects lists.

Increasing
Although the Group is now pursuing larger projects 
than usual, especially in the Clean Energy sector 
(with Freyr and others), it utilises strong contract 
management processes which have ensured that 
the Group has partially mitigated and contained 
the risks from cost over-runs and delays.

  Mpac Group plc
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

18
18

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

2
0

3
2

8
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk

Mitigation

2022 Movement

LOSS OF A KEY FACILITY

The Group operates a number of sites around 
the world and the loss of any one of them would 
interrupt a revenue stream and could potentially 
have an adverse effect on the Group’s operating 
results and financial condition.

The Group, and the Group’s customers and 
suppliers, may also be affected by sudden 
restrictions in global logistics.

EXCHANGE RATE MOVEMENTS

The majority of the Group’s trading is conducted 
outside of the UK and in currencies other than 
sterling. Consequently, its financial performance is 
affected by fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, 
particularly as a result of changes in the relative 
values of the US dollar, Canadian dollar, euro,  
and sterling.

IT SECURITY

Disaster recovery plans are in place for each site. IT infrastructures 
are designed to have minimal inter dependence across the Group, 
thereby not exposing a number of facilities to the failure of one 
central system.

The diverse locations and common skill sets around the Group, 
along with the Group’s investments in communication technology, 
means that production could be moved from one site to another 
at short notice if a site or its region were unable to function for a 
period of time.

Unchanged
Experience following the Covid pandemic has 
shown that, in the regions in which the Group’s  
sites are based, considerable efforts have  
been made to rapidly respond without causing 
whole-site closures. 

Appropriate contractual protections continue to be 
included in the Group’s contracts to mitigate the 
direct financial cost of such an event.

The Group has a wide supply base in different countries and 
monitors the relative values of currencies in making purchasing 
decisions. The Group enters into forward foreign exchange 
contracts to minimise currency exposures on sales and purchases 
in currencies other than the functional currencies of its operations.

Unchanged
Volatility in the foreign exchange markets has 
been exceptionally high in 2022 but the use of 
hedging, short quote validity periods and matching 
of supply locations to customers continues to 
minimise the impact.

The Group holds sensitive data relating to its 
employees, customers, and suppliers as well as 
intellectual property and financial data. Should 
security infringement occur the Group risks loss of 
customers, disruption of normal operations, fines, 
and reputational damage.

The Group continually reviews the effectiveness of its IT 
security controls in consultation with external experts and 
invests in industry best practice security software. The security 
arrangements of the Group’s IT assets prevent unauthorised 
access to core IT hardware. IT infrastructures are designed to have 
minimal interdependence across the Group. Cyber security user 
training is employed as a final line of defence.

Unchanged
The Group maintains best practice in this area and 
there has been no significant change in the period. 
A third party expert review of Mpac IT security and 
systems was recently completed, highlighting no 
significant areas of concern.

AVAILABILITY OF FUNDING

The banking facilities in place prove insufficient 
for the needs of the Group to meet its growth 
objectives.

The Group has access to a £20.0m revolving credit facility with 
HSBC committed to July 2023, of which £8.0m is currently drawn 
and the Group holds cash balances of £4.2m. 

It is considered that the Group has sufficient cash resources to 
carry on in operational existence for the foreseeable future  
without the use of the new facility, which thus provides a 
substantial buffer against the Group being constrained by 
restricted availability of funding. 

Unchanged
The committed HSBC facility plus available free 
cash provide the Group with adequate funding 
to meet its longer term strategic objectives and 
operating capital requirements.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

19

2
0

3
2

8
4

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

20
20

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk

Mitigation

2022 Movement

LIABILITIES OF THE GROUP SPONSORED 
DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION SCHEMES

The Group is responsible for the funding of a 
defined benefit pension scheme in the UK, which 
pays a levy to the Pension Protection Fund of an 
amount outside the control of the Group, as well as 
three smaller such schemes in the USA. Changes 
in the value of the liabilities of the pension 
schemes, which were valued in aggregate at 
£289.9m at 31 December 2022 in accordance with 
IAS 19, as a consequence of changes in interest 
rates and mortality rates, amongst others, and 
changes in the value of the assets of the pension 
schemes, which were valued in aggregate at 
£319.3m at 31 December 2022, are largely outside 
the control of the Group. The valuation of these 
schemes impact on the value of capital employed 
in the Group and the extent to which, as a matter 
of law, it has available as distributable profits. The 
Group has responsibility for the adequate funding 
of the pension schemes and is currently paying 
to the UK scheme £2.0m per annum in respect 
of deficit funding following an actuarial funding 
valuation as at 30 June 2021. The UK scheme is 
subject to a full actuarial funding valuation as at 
30 June 2024 which will help inform its funding 
requirements over the subsequent periods.

LITIGATION

The Group from time to time may be subject to 
claims from third parties in relation to its current 
and past operations, which could result in legal 
costs and rulings against it that may have a 
material effect on the Group’s operating results 
and financial condition.

ETHICAL BREACHES

The Group operates in highly regulated markets 
requiring strict adherence to laws with risk areas 
including Bribery & Corruption, International Trade 
Laws, Human Rights, Modern Slavery and General 
Data Protection Regulation.

Ethics or compliance breaches could cause harm 
to the Group’s reputation, financial performance, 
customer relationships and internal morale.

The Group and the pension schemes implement liability reduction 
strategies where such opportunities exist, and the Group maintains 
regular dialogue with its pension advisors on such matters. Regular 
meetings are held with the trustee of the UK pension scheme, 
to input into their asset investment decisions and to apprise the 
trustee of the progress of the Group to help inform them in making 
decisions which may impact the scheme funding requirements. 
In particular, the Group and the trustees of the schemes have an 
active programme of risk mitigation for the schemes, including 
seeking to match investments to the underlying liabilities and 
to provide options for the membership which can benefit both 
themselves and the schemes. However, many factors which 
impact the valuations and funding requirements of the pension 
schemes are outside the control of the Group.

Decreasing
The extreme market volatility seen during 2022 
tested the strategies employed by the scheme and 
demonstrated the effectiveness of the liability and 
volatility mitigation measures, which have been 
further derisked to largely eliminate interest and 
inflation risk. The scheme did not seek additional 
short term funding at any time and was able to 
meet the funding requirements of its strategies 
throughout the year.

The pension schemes remain at the risk of being 
affected by regulatory changes.

The Group has a comprehensive risk management and review 
process, including contract risk management, which is aimed at 
minimising the risk of such claims arising because of its actions. 
Insurance policies are in place to cover some such incidences and 
third-party legal assistance is sought as required.

Unchanged
No new material claims in the period. 

A Group-wide ethics policy, which is reviewed by the Board 
annually sets out the principles that the Board expects all 
businesses and employees within the Group to adhere to.

Unchanged
No concerns raised in the year.

23 Corporate governance02 Strategic report48 Financial statementsMpac Group plc 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

21
21

Risk

Mitigation

2022 Movement

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

The Group could fail to deliver contracted solutions 
and/or fail in our contractual execution due to 
delays or breaches by our suppliers or other 
counterparties. Production delays, quality and 
warranty issues could all cause unexpected losses 
and could potentially lead to breach of contract 
and expenses due to disputes and claims.

This could lead to loss of customers and 
reputational damage within the industry alongside 
loss of revenue and profit due to higher costs, 
liquidated damages and/or other penalties.

SUSTAINABILITY AND CLIMATE CHANGE

The Group’s operations and strategies could be 
deemed by stakeholders and potential investors 
to fail to comply with national and international 
targets on climate change reduction. This could 
lead to issues with trading and employment and 
financial penalties.

COVID-19 

The Group has identified three categories of risk 
associated with the spread of COVID-19. Firstly, 
the risk associated with customer confidence and 
investment decision making which can directly 
result either in projects being cancelled or delayed.  
The second element is the risk of supply chain 
disruption with demand for key components 
exceeding supply coupled with disruption to 
transportation. Finally, the risk of an outbreak at  
a Group facility which would result in a production 
stoppage whilst the facility was deep cleaned,  
and employees were quarantined. 

Contracts are managed and delivered by programme management 
teams that regularly review risks and take appropriate action, 
including extensive validation processes, assessments of execution 
risks and tight focus upon both contract and change management.

Increasing
Stresses on global supply chains drives 
increased risk.

Significant and higher-risk contracts are subject to an enhanced 
review and approval process throughout the Group, including 
appropriate contract risk management processes prior to 
acceptance.

The diversified nature of the Group mitigates exposure to  
single contracts.

Expanded range of products and applications 
increases the risk of product delays and/or 
quality issues.

The Group’s products and strategy naturally lend themselves to 
be well placed environmentally. We partner with our customers to 
drive their packaging solutions in a more environmentally friendly 
manner, and consequently help them reduce emissions.

The Group implemented a series of measures to preserve cash, 
reduce discretionary spend and to focus on digital marketing and 
innovation to provide a shield from the worst commercial and 
financial impact of the pandemic. The geographic diversity of the 
customer base coupled with supplying the COVID-19 resilient 
markets of healthcare, food and beverage provide a mitigation to 
the impact from the pandemic.  

The Group’s supply chain has been established to ensure there 
are several options for all critical parts. The global supply chain 
includes a blend of local suppliers alongside low-cost suppliers  
to provide flexibility.

The Group continues to focus on protecting employee’s health and 
wellbeing by implementing appropriate social distancing regimes 
and increased hygiene routines at our plants. This alongside an 
operational footprint established with common engineering and 
project management platforms allows for project execution to be 
relocated in the event of resource constraints or Group employees 
being unavailable to work due to the pandemic.

Increasing
The global focus on Environmental, Social and 
Governance issues is increasing. The global focus 
on Environmental, Social and Governmental issues 
is increasing. Mpac is a low generator of emissions 
and waste, with the greatest potential impact 
of the Group to reduce emissions being in the 
production of operationally and energy efficient 
machinery.

Decreasing
All employees have returned to work and  
project execution activity has returned to  
pre-pandemic levels.

Travel restrictions have eased, reducing the 
restrictions on completion of on-site service work 
and on installing and commissioning of equipment. 

Lengthening supply chain lead times due to 
increase in global demand as economies recover 
from the pandemic has become a significant 
headwind to the timing of revenue development 
and is captured as a separate risk.

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance02 Strategic report 
 
  Mpac Group plc
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Section 172 statement

22
22

Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 (“S172”) requires Mpac’s Directors to act in good faith and in the way that they consider to be most likely to promote the 
success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole and, in doing so, to have regard to the interests of other stakeholders. The Directors should 
also consider the desirability of maintaining high standards of business conduct, the need to act fairly between members of the Company and the likely long-term 
consequences of their decisions.

In the table below, we set out our key stakeholder groups and how we engage with each of them. Each type of engagement is designed to foster effective and 
mutually beneficial relationships so that we continue to work effectively with our stakeholders.

Stakeholder group

How we engage

EMPLOYEES
As at 31 December 2022, 
we employed 458 people in 
the Group, based in the UK, 
Canada, the United States, 
the Netherlands, Singapore 
and Thailand.
Our employees bring a broad 
range of experience, expertise 
and perspective to Mpac that 
contributes to the delivery 
of our strategic objectives. 
The Board recognises 
that employees are the 
cornerstone of the business.

The Group is committed to developing its employment policies in line with best practice and providing equal opportunities for all, irrespective 
of gender, age, marital status, sexual orientation, ethnic origin, religious belief or disability. Full and fair consideration is given to applications 
for employment from people with disabilities having regard to their aptitudes and abilities.

Every reasonable effort is made to support those who become disabled, either in the same job or, if this is not practicable, in suitable 
alternative work.

Emphasis is placed on training, effective communication and the involvement of employees in the development of the business. Information 
is regularly provided on the progress of the Group through local review meetings, briefings and consultative bodies. Involvement in the 
achievements of the business is encouraged through other means appropriate to each location.

The Board is updated at each Board meeting on health and safety matters. Recent years have seen few incidents, and those that have 
occurred have been relatively minor in nature. In order to ensure that complacency does not set in, the Board has taken steps to place 
increased focus on pro-active measures. Learnings from local incidents on one site are increasingly applied globally at all sites. Increased 
emphasis is placed on anticipation of risks and preventative measures. These include local procedural risk reviews, and full independent site 
health and safety audits undertaken by third parties at the request of the Board from time-to-time and where necessary.

SUPPLIERS

The Group recognises and actively develops its relationships with its suppliers and works closely with them to ensure that the relationships are 
productive for all parties.

The Group’s policy is to pay suppliers in line with its standard terms except where alternative arrangements have been agreed in advance with 
individual suppliers. The Group does not follow any external procurement or payment code. The Group’s trade creditor days outstanding at the 
year-end were 69.

During 2022 there have been supply chain issues which have led to delays in deliveries of raw materials and electronic chips which have had an 
effect on production schedules and have restricted output. This has been challenging to the Group and the procurement teams have worked 
closely with the Group’s various suppliers to manage those delays and to expedite deliveries where possible. As 2023 progresses, we still see the 
supply chain as being an area of concern and the Board receives regular update from the Executive Directors on this.

CUSTOMERS

The Group has good relationships with its customers, some of whom are long-standing. The supply chain issues encountered by the businesses 
have had an effect on the delivery of projects to some of our customers. In those cases, we work closely with the customers to inform them of the 
delays and agree revised delivery timelines. 

Customers do change their specifications mid-project on occasions, which does result in the production timetable having to be amended to reflect 
the changes.

We continue to keep our customers informed of the progress of their projects with regular meetings and discussions.

COMMUNITIES

We believe that business should be a force for good in the communities in which we operate. We aim to support and inspire our employees to 
make a difference in their communities.

The responsibility for community engagement is devolved to the local business units. The Group encourages employees to be involved in 
charitable, educational or other social pursuits which contribute to the local community, provided they do not interfere with the performance 
of the employee’s duties.

Further details on the Company’s strategy and long-term decisions are set out in the Chairman’s introduction and Operating review. Further details of our 
stakeholder engagement, including the impact of the Company’s operations on the environment, are set out in the Directors’ Report on pages 45 to 46.

Ethics policy
The Group’s Ethics policy is reviewed annually and updated as necessary. The policy, which is distributed to every Group employee and is available to view on the 
Group’s website at www.mpac-group.com, sets out the values which Mpac seeks to encourage and certain principles governing the way it does business.

The strategic report was approved by the Board and signed by Andrew Kitchingman, Chairman, on 22 March 2023.

23 Corporate governance02 Strategic report48 Financial statementsMpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

23

Corporate
governance

2
0

3
2

8
4

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

24

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Chairman’s corporate governance statement

As Chairman of the Company, I have pleasure in presenting the corporate 
governance statement for 2022.

The QCA Corporate Governance Code 2018 (“QCA Code”)
Sound governance is fundamental to ensuring that a Company is run effectively 
and responsibly, which assists in a Company’s long-term success. Accordingly, 
the Board has chosen to follow the QCA Code since 2018. 

Because corporate governance is not a static process, there is a need to ensure 
that policies and practices are kept under review to ensure that the Company 
meets the required standards, while also ensuring that these are in line with the 
growth and overall strategic plan for the Company.

The Board considers that the policies, procedures and relevant systems, 
which have been implemented to date, have given us a firm foundation for our 
governance structure. 

The Company believes that during 2022 it has complied with the 10 principles 
set out within the QCA Code as shown on the opposite page.

Andrew Kitchingman 
Chairman

22 March 2023

ANDREW KITCHINGMAN 
CHAIRMAN

“ We are committed to 
excellence in corporate 
governance, and maintain 
clear policies and practices 
that promote good 
corporate governance.”

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

25

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Principles of the QCA Code

Deliver Growth

How the Company has complied

1.  Establish a strategy and business model which promote long-term value 

for shareholders.

The strategic aims and objectives of the Group are set by the Board. The 
strategy is set out on pages 5 to 7 and on the Group’s website.

2.  Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs and expectations.

3.  Take into account wider stakeholder and social responsibilities, and their 

implications for long-term success.

When implementing the Group’s strategic aims, the Board takes into account 
expectations of the Company’s shareholders and also its wider stakeholders 
and social responsibilities.

4.  Embed effective risk management, considering both opportunities and 

threats, throughout the organisation.

The responsibility for the Group’s internal control and risk management 
systems also falls under the Board’s remit. 

The risks faced by the Group are regularly reviewed by the Board, which 
ensures that the mitigation strategies in place are the most effective and 
appropriate for the Group’s operations.

Dynamic Management Framework

5.  Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, balanced team led by the 

Chairman.

In my role as Chairman, I regularly consider the operation of the Board as a 
whole and the performance of the Directors individually.

6.  Ensure that between them the Directors have the necessary up-to-date 

experience, skills and capabilities.

Directors attend seminars from time to time as appropriate to assist with 
training.

7.  Evaluate Board performance based on clear and relevant objectives, 

seeking continuous improvement.

8.  Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values and 

behaviours.

9.  Maintain governance structures and processes that are fit for purpose and 

support good decision-making by the Board.

The Board carries out a formal review annually in respect of its performance 
over the previous year. The evaluation is informed by detailed questionnaires 
completed by each Director, which are then summarised on an anonymous 
basis, considered by the Board and action taken as appropriate.

All appointments to the Board are on merit, but with due consideration to the 
need for diversity on the Board. Such appointments are made to complement 
the existing balance of skills and experience on the Board.

The Company operates an open and inclusive culture and this is reflected in 
the way that the Board conducts itself. The Non-Executive Directors attend the 
Group’s offices and other Group events. With a relatively small employee base, 
such interactions mean it is relatively straightforward for the Board to promote 
and assess the desired corporate culture.

Build Trust

10.  Communicate how the Company is governed and is performing by 

maintaining a dialogue with shareholders and other relevant stakeholders

The application of the QCA Code is monitored by the Board which will revise its 
governance framework as necessary as the Group evolves.

The Board recognises the importance of maintaining regular dialogue with 
institutional shareholders to ensure that the Group’s strategy is communicated 
and to understand the expectations of our shareholders.

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Board of Directors

26

Andrew Kitchingman FCA 
Independent Non-Executive Chairman

Adam Holland 
Chief Operating Officer

Sara Fowler 
Independent Non-Executive Director

Doug Robertson  
Independent Non-Executive Director

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Appointment: Douglas Robertson 
joined the Mpac Group Board on 
1 November 2018 as a Non-Executive 
Director.
Committees: Chair of the Audit 
Committee and member of the 
Remuneration and Nomination 
Committee.
Skills and experience: Douglas is a Fellow 
of the Institute of Chartered Accountants 
in England and Wales and was Group 
Finance Director of SIG plc until he 
retired from the role in January 2017.  
Prior to joining SIG, Doug was Group 
Finance Director of Umeco plc and Seton 
House Group Limited. He spent his early 
career with Williams plc in a variety of 
senior financial and business roles.
Key strengths:
  Extensive multinational financial 
management experience in both public 
and private companies
  Strategic planning
  Acquisitions and divestments
Other commitments: Non-Executive 
Director at both HSS Hire Group plc 
and Zotefoams plc.

Appointment: Andrew Kitchingman joined 
the Board on 11 May 2016 as a Non-
Executive Director and was appointed 
Chairman of the Board on 19 April 2018.
Committees: Member of the Audit 
Committee and the Remuneration and  
Nomination Committee.
Skills and experience: Andrew is a Fellow 
of the Institute of Chartered Accountants 
in England and Wales, and formerly 
worked in senior positions in corporate 
finance with a number of firms, including 
KPMG, Hill Samuel, Albert E Sharp, 
Brewin Dolphin and WH Ireland.
Key strengths:
  Strong experience of financial control 
and good corporate governance
  Expertise in equity and debt  
capital raising
  Mergers & acquisitions
Other commitments: Non-Executive 
Director of Andrew Sykes Group 
plc, Trustee of Northern Aldborough 
Festival, Chairman of British Board of 
Agrément and a member of the northern 
fundraising Board of Marie Curie. He is  
a treasurer of Ripon Cathedral.

Dr Tony Steels 
Chief Executive

Appointment: Tony Steels joined  
the Company and was appointed to  
the Board as Chief Executive on  
6 June 2016.
Skills and experience: Tony previously 
held a number of senior UK and 
international management positions 
in advanced technology and capital 
equipment industry, most recently 
at Cytec Industries, Umeco plc and 
Georg Fischer AG. He has degrees in 
both Engineering and Management, 
together with a PhD in business 
process modelling, augmented with 
over 30 years' industrial management 
experience.
Key strengths:
  Capital Equipment Industry experience 
of more than 20 years
  Delivery of strategic transformations 
and sustainable profitable growth
  Extensive senior executive international 
business development
  Selection and development of high-
performance leadership teams

Appointment: Adam Holland joined the 
Mpac Group Board as Chief Operating 
Officer on 1 November 2022.
Skills and experience: Adam is a 
Chartered Engineer and Physicist and 
former senior executive at JCB. Adam 
Joined JCB in 2016, initially as General 
Manager at JCB Service providing 
leadership and revenue growth for the 
multinational division before taking 
over as Managing Director at JCB 
Power Products Ltd, responsible for the 
production sites in the UK, India, and 
a global distribution network focused 
on sales growth in the US and Europe. 
Most recently Adam led a programme 
to drive a structural reduction in product 
cost across JCB Group in the role of 
Commercial Director, Group Purchasing. 
Prior to joining JCB, Adam held senior 
business leadership roles in the Energy, 
Oil & Gas, and Aerospace sectors as 
Vice President at Siemens and Rolls 
Royce, and in Space and Defence at 
AEA Technology plc.

Key strengths:
  Extensive Commercial and Operational 
experience gained from roles based in 
both the UK and internationally
  Proven track record in business 
development

Will Wilkins 
Group Finance Director

Appointment: Will Wilkins joined the 
Mpac Group Board as Group Finance 
Director on 28 June 2018.

Skills and experience: Will is a Chartered 
Certified Accountant and, prior to his 
appointment, he held a variety of senior 
positions with the Company, including 
Group Financial Controller and Group 
Operations Director. He previously held 
a senior financial position at BSH Home 
Appliances and began his career at 
Grant Thornton in 1992.
Key strengths:
  Extensive experience in improving 
business systems, processes  
and controls
  More than 25 years' proven  
track record as a senior finance 
professional with strong financial 
reporting discipline
  Cross functional practical experience 
in operations and finance

Appointment: Sara Fowler joined the 
Mpac Group Board on 6 March 2020 as  
a Non-Executive Director.
Committees: Chair of the Remuneration 
and Nomination Committee and a 
member of the Audit Committee.
Skills and experience: Sara is a chartered 
accountant and former partner with 
Ernst & Young (“EY”), a former practising 
member of the Academy of Experts and a 
CEDR accredited mediator. She had been 
with EY for 30 years, a partner for 17 years 
and senior partner for EY Midlands for 
seven years until 30 June 2017. She was  
on the Board of the Compulsory  
Purchase Association and Chair of the  
CBI West Midlands.
Key strengths:
  Extensive HR experience gained 
through her roles at EY and as an  
accredited mediator
  Extensive financial experience
  Experience of developing the  
skills agenda

Other commitments: Chair of BHSF 
Group Limited, Non-Executive Director  
of St Basils and a Non-Executive Director 
of EY Foundation.

Matthew Taylor  
Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointment: Matthew Taylor joined the 
Mpac Group Board on 21 October 2021  
as a Non-Executive Director.
Committees: Member of the Audit 
Committee and the Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee.
Skills and experience: Matthew has 
over 20 years of Executive and Board 
of Directors experience within the 
automotive, steel and manufacturing 
sectors across the world, including 
Belgium, the UK and Hong Kong. He 
has previously held several executive 
level roles including CEO of J C Bamford 
Excavators, CEO of Edwards Vacuum  
and more recently, he held the role of 
CEO of Bekaert SA until 2020.
Key strengths:
  Extensive senior executive experience
  Steel and Manufacturing experience  
of over 20 years
  Strong experience of good corporate 
governance

Other commitments: Non-Executive 
Director at both Surface Transforms plc 
and Strip Tinning Holdings plc.

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

27

2
0

3
2

8
4

Left to right: Matthew Taylor, Doug Robertson, Sara Fowler, Adam Holland, Andrew Kitchingman, Dr Tony Steels, Will Wilkins.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Corporate governance report

28

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Board meetings
The Board has an established schedule of meetings throughout the year, 
with additional meetings convened when required. The Board addresses 
several recurring items at each Board meeting, including strategic, operational 
(including health & safety) and financial performance updates. The Directors 
maintain a dialogue between Board meetings on a variety of matters. 

The table below sets out the attendance record of individual Directors at the 
Board meetings held during 2022:

Appointments to the Board and re-election
The Board has delegated the tasks of reviewing Board composition, searching 
for appropriate candidates and making recommendations to the Board on 
candidates to be appointed as Directors to the Remuneration and Nomination 
Committee. Further details on the role of the Remuneration and Nomination 
Committee, together with details of the recruitment process for Adam Holland, 
may be found on pages 36 to 44. All Directors will offer themselves for annual 
re-election, in accordance with best practice in corporate governance. The 
Board considers all Directors to be effective and committed to their roles.

Directors
A J Kitchingman
Dr A Steels
W C Wilkins
A P Holland (joined the Board on 1 November 2022)
S A Fowler
D G Robertson
M G R Taylor*

*Mr Taylor was unable to attend one meeting due to illness.

Board
9/9
9/9
9/9
2/2
9/9
9/9
8/9

Composition and independence of the Board
The Board currently consists of seven Directors: the Non-Executive Chairman, 
three Executive Directors and three Non-Executive Directors. However, for 
the majority of the year it was six Directors, only two of whom were Executive 
Directors. All the Non-Executive Directors are considered independent. Details 
of each Director’s experience and background are given in their biographies 
on page 26. Their skills and experience are relevant and cover areas including 
financial management and control, capital raising, capital goods industries, 
banking, engineering, strategic planning, business development, mergers and 
acquisitions and international management.

Division of responsibilities
The Chairman and Chief Executive have separate, clearly defined roles. The 
Chairman leads the Board and is responsible for its overall effectiveness in 
directing the Company, and the Chief Executive is responsible for implementing 
the Group’s strategy and for its operational performance.

Executive Directors
The Executive Directors are full-time employees of the Company and have 
entered into service agreements with the Company.

Non-Executive Directors
Each of the Non-Executive Directors has entered into a letter of appointment 
with the Company, which sets out the duties of the Director and commitment 
expected. They are expected to commit at least 24 days per annum to their role 
and are specifically tasked with:

  bringing independent judgement to bear on issues put to the Board;

  applying their knowledge and experience in considering matters such as 
strategy, company performance, use of resources and standards of conduct; 
and

  ensuring high standards of financial probity and corporate governance.

Our Board and Committee structure 

Chairman

The Board

Company 
Secretary

Remuneration and  
Nomination Committee

Audit Committee

Executive Leadership Team

Chief Executive
Group Finance Director
Chief Operating Officer
Innovation Director
Regional Director – Americas
Regional Director – EMEA

The Board delegates certain responsibilities to its Committees, so that it can operate efficiently and give an appropriate level of attention and consideration to 
relevant matters. The Company has an Audit Committee and a combined Remuneration and Nomination Committee, both of which operate within a scope and 
remit defined by specific terms of reference determined by the Board. The Annual Report includes a report from each of these Committees and describes the 
work each Committee has undertaken during the year. All of the Board Committees are authorised to obtain, at the Company’s expense, professional advice on 
any matter within their Terms of Reference and to have access to sufficient resources in order to carry out their duties.

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

29

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

How the Board operates 
The Board is responsible for:

  developing Group strategy, business planning, budgeting and risk 
management;

  monitoring performance against budget and other agreed objectives;

  setting the Group’s values and standards, including policies on employment, 
health and safety, environment and ethics;

  relationships with shareholders and other major stakeholders; 

  determining the financial and corporate structure of the Group (including 
financing and dividend policy);

  major investment and divestment decisions, including acquisitions, and 
approving material contracts; and

  Group compliance with relevant laws and regulations.

The Board retains control of certain key decisions through the schedule of 
matters reserved for the Board. It has delegated other matters, responsibilities 
and authorities to each of the Audit and Remuneration and Nomination 
Committees and these are documented in the Terms of Reference of each 
of those Committees. Anything falling outside of the schedule of matters 
reserved or the Committee Terms of Reference falls within the responsibility 
and authority of the Chief Executive, including all executive management 
matters. Day-to-day management of the Company’s business is delegated to 
the Executive Directors and in turn to senior members of the leadership team in 
accordance with a clear and comprehensive statement of delegated authorities.

The Board meets at regular intervals and met nine times during the year. 
Directors also have contact on a variety of issues between formal meetings and 
there is also regular contact with the Executive Leadership Team and the wider 
senior leadership of the Group. An agenda and accompanying detailed papers, 
covering key business and governance issues and including reports from the 
Executive Directors and other members of senior management, are circulated 
to the Board in advance of each Board meeting. All Directors have direct access 
to senior management should they require additional information on any of the 
items to be discussed. A calendar of matters to be discussed at each meeting 
is prepared to ensure that all key issues are captured.

At each meeting, the Board reviews comprehensive financial and trading 
information produced by the management team and considers the trends in 
the Company’s business and its performance against strategic objectives and 
plans. It also regularly reviews the work of its formally constituted standing 
Committees as described below and compliance with the Group’s policies and 
obligations.

All Directors are expected to attend all meetings of the Board and any 
Committees of which they are members, and to devote sufficient time to the 
Company’s affairs to fulfil their duties as Directors. Where Directors are unable 
to attend a meeting, they are encouraged to submit any comments on paper to 
be considered at the meeting to the Chairman in advance to ensure that their 
views are recorded and taken into account during the meeting.

Directors are encouraged to question and voice any concerns they may have 
on any topic put to the Board for debate. The Board is supported in its work 
by Board Committees, which are responsible for a variety of tasks delegated 
by the Board. There is also an Executive Leadership Team composed of the 
Chief Executive and Group Finance Director, and representatives from senior 
management whose responsibilities are to implement the decisions of the 
Board and review the key business objectives and status of projects.

The main activities of the Board during the year
There are a number of standing and routine items included for review on each 
Board agenda. These include the Chief Executive’s trading update, a health and 
safety report, operations reports, financial reports, governance and investor 
relations updates. In addition, key areas put to the Board for consideration and 
review included:

  approval of annual and half-year report and financial statements; 

  dividend strategy;

  review and approval of budget;

  review against strategy;

  implementation of strategy;

  going concern and cash flow;

  material customer proposals;

  consideration of banking arrangements;

  investor relations;

  acquisitions and integration;

  review of corporate governance and Group policies;

  review of AGM business;

  outcomes from the Board evaluation process; and

  briefings and review of conflicts of interest.

During the year, the majority of the meetings were held virtually and in-person, 
with no Board meetings held overseas. This did not impact the Directors from 
undertaking their duties and all Directors participated fully in the meetings.

External advisers
The Board seeks advice on various matters from its nominated adviser Shore 
Capital and Corporate Limited and other advisers as appropriate. The Board 
also sought remuneration advice from KPMG LLP during the year.

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

30

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Corporate governance report continued

Development, information and support
Directors keep their skillset up to date with a combination of attendance at 
industry events, individual reading and study, and experience gained from 
other Board roles. The Company Secretary ensures the Board is aware of 
any applicable regulatory and governance changes and developments and 
updates the Board as and when relevant. Directors are able to take independent 
professional advice in the furtherance of their duties, if necessary, at the 
Company’s expense. Directors also have direct access to the advice and 
services of the Company Secretary. The Company Secretary supports the 
Chairman in ensuring that the Board receives the information and support it 
needs to carry out its roles.

Conflicts of interest
Under the Company’s Articles, the Directors may authorise any actual 
or potential conflict of interest a Director may have and may impose any 
conditions on the Director that are felt to be appropriate. Directors are not able 
to vote in respect of any contract, arrangement or transaction in which they 
have a material interest and they are not counted in the quorum. A process is in 
place to identify any of the Directors’ potential or actual conflicts of interest.

Performance evaluation
The Chairman considers the operation of the Board and performance of the 
Directors on an ongoing basis as part of his duties and will bring any areas of 
improvement he considers are needed to the attention of the Board. The Board 
carries out an evaluation process each year in respect of its performance over 
the previous year. The evaluation is informed by a detailed Board effectiveness 
questionnaire completed by each Director and covering topics such as the 
composition of the Board, the quality and timeliness of information provided, 
relationships between the Board, shareholders and employees and succession 
planning. The results are collated and reported to the Board for discussion. 

An evaluation process has been undertaken in respect of 2022 and the results 
discussed by the Board. No substantive actions were taken as a result of the 
Board evaluation.

Accountability
The Company has in place a system of internal financial controls 
commensurate with its current size and activities, which is designed to ensure 
that the possibility of misstatement or loss is kept to a minimum. These 
procedures include the preparation of management accounts, forecast variance 
analysis and other ad-hoc reports. There are clearly defined authority limits 
throughout the Group, including matters reserved specifically for the Board.

Risk management and internal control
Risks throughout the Group are considered and reviewed on a regular basis. 
Risks are identified and mitigating actions put into place as appropriate. 
Principal risks identified are set out in the Strategic report on pages 17 to 21. 
Internal control and risk management procedures can only provide reasonable 
and not absolute assurance against material misstatement. The internal control 
procedures were in place throughout the financial year and up to the date of 
approval of this report.

Financial and business reporting
The Board seeks to present a fair, balanced and understandable assessment of 
the Group’s position and prospects in all half-year, final and any other ad-hoc 
reports, and other information as may be required from time to time. The Board 
receives a number of reports, including those from the Audit Committee, to 
enable it to monitor and clearly understand the Group’s financial position.

Business ethics
The Board is committed to the Group operating to the highest standards of 
ethical behaviour. The Group’s Ethics policy, which was reviewed by the Board 
during the year, sets out certain principles that the Board expects all businesses 
within the Group to adhere to and certain values that should be embodied in the 
day-to-day activities of the Group. It expects all employees of the Group, led by 
the members of the Board and the Group’s senior management, to encourage 
and support all other employees in acting in accordance with the policy. In 
support of this policy and its principles, the Board has published guidance in 
the Group Ethics policy, which is available on the Company’s website at  
www.mpac-group.com/group-policies.

Whistleblowing
The Company has a whistleblowing procedure, details of which are provided to 
all employees. Staff may report any suspicion of fraud, financial irregularity or 
other malpractice to a senior manager, Executive Director, or an independent 
helpline. The policy is reviewed by the Audit Committee every year and updated 
as required. Details of any matters raised under this procedure are reported to 
the Audit Committee.

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Shareholders
The Company welcomes contact with its shareholders and they can contact 
the Company via the Investors section of our website: www.mpac-group.com/
contact-us/. Directors are available to discuss any matters that shareholders 
might wish to raise. They maintain communication with institutional 
shareholders, other investors and analysts through meetings, particularly 
following publication of the Group’s interim and full-year preliminary results. 
Investor relations activity and a review of the shareholder register are quarterly 
items on the Board’s agenda. The Board also regularly receives copies of 
analysts’ and brokers’ briefings.

The Company strives to provide a clear, balanced and comprehensive level 
of information and written material. The Company maintains a corporate 
website, which contains regularly updated regulatory and other information. 
The Annual Report and Accounts is a key communication document and is also 
available on the Company’s website. The Company also issues both statutory 
and non-statutory regulatory news announcements throughout the year to 
update on financial, operational and other matters. The Company offers its 
larger shareholders, either directly or via its broker, face-to-face meetings on 
a bi-annual basis at a minimum to present and discuss performance and other 
matters and obtain any feedback. These meetings are hosted by the Company’s 
Chief Executive and Group Finance Director. The Company also hosts a briefing 
for analysts, arranged by the Company’s financial public relations adviser, twice 
a year to coincide with the announcement of its half-year and full-year financial 
results to present and discuss the same matters.

Annual General Meeting (AGM)
All shareholders are encouraged to attend the AGM at which the Group’s 
activities will be considered and questions answered. The Directors are available 
to listen to the views of shareholders informally immediately following the AGM.

This year’s AGM will be held on 17 May 2023. The Notice of Annual General 
Meeting is set out on pages 103 to 109 and will be available on the Company’s 
website at www.mpac-group.com. Separate resolutions are provided on each 
issue so that they can be given proper consideration.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

31

Andrew Kitchingman  
Chairman

22 March 2023

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Audit Committee report

32

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

“ I am pleased to present 
my report as Chair of 
the Audit Committee 
for the year ended 
31 December 2022.”

Audit committee report
The Committee met four times during 2022 and the following served as 
members during the year.

Committee member

Meeting attendance

D Robertson – Chair

A Kitchingman*

S Fowler

M Taylor

4/4

3/4

4/4

4/4

*Mr Kitchingman missed one meeting due to illness.

The following regularly attend meetings:

  the Executive Directors

  the Group Financial Controller

DOUG ROBERTSON 
CHAIR OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

Chair’s letter
Dear Shareholders,

I am pleased to present my report as Chair of the Audit Committee for the year 
ended 31 December 2022. In this Report I have sought to provide investors 
and other stakeholders with an understanding of the approach that the Audit 
Committee (the “Committee”) has taken to provide assurance over the 2022 
Annual Report and Accounts. The Directors’ responsibility statement in respect 
of the Annual Report can be found on page 47.

The Committee has continued to play a key role within the Group’s governance 
framework to support the Board in matters relating to financial reporting, 
internal control and risk management. It has focused on ensuring that the 
interests of the shareholders are properly protected in relation to the Group’s 
financial reporting and internal control and challenging the decisions and 
approach taken by management relating to the content, judgements and 
disclosures within the Company’s financial statements.

The Board directs the Committee to advise on whether the Annual Report is 
fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Company’s position and performance, business 
model and strategy.

The Committee receives reports from management covering the key areas of 
estimation and judgement underpinning the financial statements and ensures 
that the related disclosures reflect supporting information. It challenges 
management to explain and justify their interpretation. The Committee is 
supported in this by the external auditors who present their findings to the 
shareholders in the Independent Auditor's Report.

The Committee is responsible for ensuring that the relationships between 
management, the external auditors and the Committee are appropriate and 
provides information on how the Committee assesses the independence of the 
external auditors in the Audit Committee Report.

As Chair I strive to ensure that the Committee’s agenda is kept under review 
and aware of relevant developments. An evaluation of the Committee's 
performance has been undertaken in respect of 2022 and the results discussed 
by the Committee. No substantive actions were required as a result of the 
Committee evaluation.

  representatives from the external auditors, PKF Littlejohn LLP (PKF)

  representatives from BDO, who provide independent support to the Internal 
Audit function on a co-sourced basis

Other members of the management team may also be asked to attend 
meetings for discussion on specific issues. The Committee also meets with the 
external auditors at least twice each year without management being present 
and the Chair also has private meetings with the audit partners at least twice 
per year.

The Committee is authorised to seek legal or other independent professional 
advice as it sees fit but has not done so during the year.

The qualifications of Committee members are outlined in the Directors’ 
biographies on page 26. The members of the Committee are all independent 
non-executive directors. The Board is satisfied that the Committee has 
competence relevant to the sectors in which the Group operates and its 
members have an appropriate level of experience in corporate and financial 
matters and are financially literate. The Chair is a Fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants of England and Wales. He previously served as Group 
Finance Director of SIG plc until he retired from the role. The Board is satisfied 
that he has recent and relevant financial experience as required by the Code.

Main responsibilities of the Committee
  Reviewing the financial statements and announcements relating to the 
financial performance of the Company, including reporting to the Board on 
the significant issues considered by the Committee in relation to the financial 
statements and how these were addressed; 

  Reviewing the scope and results of the annual audit and reporting to the 
Board on the effectiveness of the audit process and how the independence 
and objectivity of the auditors have been safeguarded; 

  Reviewing the scope, remit and effectiveness of the internal audit function 
and the Group’s internal control and risk management systems;

  Reviewing significant legal and regulatory matters;

  Overseeing the Company’s relations with the external auditor;

Douglas Robertson 
Chair of the Audit Committee

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Policies for non-audit services and engagement of former employees of the 
external auditor

33

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

The Committee has in place policies that are reviewed annually relating to the 
employment of former employees of the external auditor and the engagement 
of the auditor, or advisers related to the auditor, on non-audit services which 
provide that the external auditor will not undertake any non-audit related work 
other than tax compliance services. These policies, which have been adopted 
formally by the Board, require, inter alia, the Committee’s consent to any 
engagements or employment, with appropriate confirmation of independence 
from the auditor.

Financial reporting
The primary role of the Committee in relation to financial reporting is to review 
with both management and the external auditors, and report to the Board the 
appropriateness of, the annual and half-year financial statements, considering 
amongst other matters:

  Clarity of the disclosures and compliance with financial reporting standards 
and relevant financial and governance reporting requirements;

  Areas in which significant judgements have been applied, including 
discussions on such matters undertaken with the external auditors; and

  Whether the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to 
assess the Company’s performance, business model and strategy.

In addition to the above, the Committee supports the Board in completing 
its assessment of the adoption of the going concern basis of preparing the 
financial statements. The Committee performed a robust review of the process 
and underlying assessment of the Group’s longer-term prospects made by 
management. These included:

  The review period and its alignment with the Group’s strategic plans;

  The assessment of the prospects of the Group after consideration of the 
Group’s principal risks, current financial position, and ability to generate cash; 
and

  The modelling of the financial impact of additional key scenarios which 
encompass the potential impact of crystallisation of one or more of the 
principal risks.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

  Reviewing matters associated with the appointment, terms, remuneration, 
independence, objectivity and effectiveness of the external audit process and 
reviewing the scope and results of the audit;

  Reporting to the Board on how the Committee has discharged its 
responsibilities; and

  An assessment of the risk management process including the identification 
of key risks and the monitoring and mitigation thereof.

Terms of Reference for the Audit Committee can be found on 
www.mpac-group.com 

Activities during the year
A summary of the Committee’s principal activities in 2022 is set out below:

  Review the draft Annual Report and Accounts 2021 and draft preliminary 
results announcement

  Undertaking an audit tender and the subsequent appointment of PKF 
Littlejohn LLP as external auditor

  Review of results of internal control support procedures provided by BDO LLP

  Review internal audit plan for the year

  Consideration of the effectiveness of the external audit process

  Review of the half-year results announcement

  Review of external auditor’s memorandum

  Review of Going Concern

  Internal Control review and update

  Consideration of and approval of external audit fee quotation for 2022

  Review and approval of the external audit plan for 2022

  Review and approval of the non-audit work policy

  Review of internal controls and risk management systems

  Review of whistleblowing arrangements

  Review of anti-bribery and corruption policy and procedures

  Review of Group principal risks and uncertainties

External auditor
The Committee undertook a full audit tender during 2022, led by the Audit 
Committee Chair and Group Finance Director. They met with a number of audit 
firms, including the auditor at that time, and recommended to the Committee 
as a whole that PKF be appointed as the new auditor to the Group. The 
Committee, in turn, proposed that PKF be appointed and this was approved by 
the Board. The Committee monitors the relationship with PKF to ensure that 
auditor independence and objectivity are maintained.

The Committee assesses auditor independence by obtaining assurances 
from PKF that all partners and staff involved are independent of any links to 
Mpac and confirmation that all partners and staff comply with their ethics and 
independence policies and procedures which are fully consistent with the FRC’s 
Ethical Standard.

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

34

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Audit Committee report continued

Significant issues considered by the Committee
The Committee reviews accounting papers prepared by management that 
provide details of significant financial reporting issues, together with reports 
from the external auditor prepared in conjunction with the interim and 
full-year results.

The significant issues considered by the Committee in respect of the period 
ended 31 December 2022 are set out on the following table.

Significant issue/accounting 
judgement identified

How it was dealt with

Revenue recognition, the 
application of IFRS 15, 
and accounting for the 
significant judgements 
around open contracts

Impairment of goodwill

Pension accounting

Capitalisation of internally 
developed intangible assets

Going concern and 
business disruption

The valuation of contracts is carefully monitored 
throughout the year, utilising both accounting data 
and inputs from all aspects of the business, to 
ensure contracts are always valued appropriately.

The Group conducts extensive forecasting and 
stress testing exercises to review the carrying 
value of goodwill in line with the strategic plans to 
ensure that the values are supportable.

External experts are used on an ongoing basis to 
value the scheme in line with IAS19 and ensure a 
consistent and appropriate level of disclosure.

Detailed reviews of assets developed internally 
are undertaken internally by the group, including 
engineering, commercial and innovations staff, to 
ensure capitalisation occurs where the criteria in 
IAS38 are met.

The Group conducts extensive forecasting and 
stress testing exercises for multiple scenarios, 
including the global supply chain crisis, the results 
of which are reviewed regularly by the Board, 
including both realistic worst-case scenarios and 
tests to determine what would be required to 
challenge the going concern basis.

Assessing the annual report
The Committee has the responsibility to assess whether the Annual Report, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for the shareholders to assess the Group’s position on 
performance, business model and strategy.

The Committee made this assessment by:

  Reviewing key messages proposed for the Annual Report;

  Reviewing copies of the Annual Report at various stages during the drafting 
process to ensure the key messages were being followed and were aligned 
with the Company’s position, performance and strategy being pursued and 
that the narrative sections of the Annual Report were consistent with the 
financial statements;

  Ensuring that all key events and issues that had been reported to the Board 
in the executive Board reports during the year had been appropriately 
referenced or reflected within the Annual Report;

  Reviewing how alternative performance measures were used in the Annual 
Report, ensuring completeness and accuracy of definitions, consistency 
of use, relevance to users of the Annual Report and balance with statutory 
metrics; and

  Considering reports produced by both management and the external auditors 
on principal matters and judgements in areas underpinning the financial 
statements.

Internal audit
The Committee considers annually how the internal audit function operates in 
the Group, including its Terms of Reference and whether this gives sufficient 
assurance that the business and controls of the Group are reviewed adequately. 
The Committee also approves the internal audit work plan each year. This 
function is part of the Group’s finance department and its senior member 
reports to the Committee at each meeting on its activities and has direct 
access to the Chair as required.

The Committee reviewed the need for effectiveness and independence of the 
internal audit functions, and, during the year, BDO LLP was engaged to provide 
independent support to the internal audit function on a co-sourced basis.

Internal audit reports are produced following a site visit and completion of an 
internal control questionnaire, providing details of how the internal controls 
are being followed and what areas, if any, need improving and amending as 
appropriate.

Risk management and internal controls
The Group has established a system of risk management and internal controls. 
The Committee is responsible for reviewing the systems of risk management 
and internal control and has reviewed management’s progress in implementing 
and maintaining such control systems during the year. The Committee is 
satisfied that the internal control systems are operating effectively.

The Board has taken and will continue to take appropriate measures to ensure 
that the chances of financial irregularities occurring are reduced as far as 
reasonably possible by improving the quality of information at all levels in the 
Group, fostering an open environment and ensuring that financial analysis is 
rigorously applied. Any system of internal control can, however, only provide 
reasonable, but not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss.

The major elements of the system of internal control are as follows:

  Major commercial, strategic and financial risks are formally identified, 
quantified and assessed during the annual budgeting exercise and 
presented to and discussed with executive directors, after which they are 
considered by the Board;

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Whistleblowing
The Group has in place a Whistleblowing policy which details the formal 
process by which an employee of the Group may, in confidence, raise concerns 
about possible improprieties in financial reporting or other matters.

Whistleblowing is an annual item on the Committee’s agenda, and any reported 
incidents will be notified to the Committee. During 2022, there were no 
reported incidents.

The Audit Committee Report was approved by the Committee at its meeting 
held on 16 March 2023.

Douglas Robertson 
Chair of the Audit Committee

22 March 2023

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

35

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

  There is a comprehensive system of planning, budgeting, reporting and 
monitoring. This includes monthly management reporting and monitoring of 
performance and forecasts. Monthly reviews are embedded in the internal 
control process and cover each principal site. Monthly reviews require the 
Executive Leadership Team to consider, among other things, business 
development, financial performance against budget and forecast, health and 
safety and capital expenditure proposals, as well as a review of longer-term 
business development and all other aspects of the business. In addition, 
quarterly business reviews are carried out at each principal site and are 
attended by the executive directors and local management teams 
as appropriate;

  There is an organisational structure with clearly defined lines of responsibility 
and delegation of authority;

  Each site is required to comply with defined policies, financial controls and 
procedures and authorisation levels which are clearly communicated;

  A programme of internal control reviews and specific investigations is carried 
out. These are followed up during regular executive management visits. 
The internal control reviews include assessments of compliance with Group 
policies and procedures and findings are reported to the Committee and 
Board as appropriate; a formal risk management audit is regularly carried out 
by Group personnel and external risk management consultants, which covers 
physical damage, environmental and health and safety risks together with 
business continuity issues; and

  Formal reports including recommendations are sent to each site for action 
and reported back to Group management. Progress reports are issued to the 
Board for review and monitoring.

Group IT systems and controls review
The Board commissioned an independent review by specialist consultants of 
the Group’s IT systems and controls to:

  Assess the resilience and security of the systems and control environment; 
and

  Assess the capability of the IT infrastructure to meet the strategic growth 
ambitions of the Board.

The Committee considered the findings of the review. No significant issues 
emerged from the exercise and the Committee monitored the implementation 
of the minor improvements recommended.

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

36

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Remuneration and Nomination Committee report

“ I am pleased to present 
the Committee’s report 
which is presented 
in four sections: the 
Committee Report, the 
Nomination Report, the 
Remuneration Report and 
the Remuneration Policy.”

Duties and Terms of Reference
The duties of the Committee are as set out in its Terms of Reference which is 
available on the Company’s website at www.mpac-group.com. 

The Committee deals with all aspects of remuneration of the Executive 
Directors and certain senior managers, and in identifying and nominating 
members of the Board.

The Committee undertook the following main items of business during the year:

  appointed a new Executive Director and determined their remuneration;

  reviewed the structure of the Long-Term Incentive Plan for 2023 awards onwards;

  reviewed the performance of the executive management incentive scheme 
against their 2021 objectives and approved bonus payments;

  approved executive management pay increases;

SARA FOWLER 
CHAIR OF THE REMUNERATION 
AND NOMINATION COMMITTEE 

As Chair of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee ("the Committee"), 
I am pleased to present the Committee’s report, which is presented in four 
sections: the Committee Report, the Nomination Report, the Remuneration 
Report and the Remuneration Policy.

  set 2022 objectives and performance metrics for the executive management 
incentive scheme;

  reviewed the 2021 performance against the Long-Term Incentive Plan 
performance target;

The Nomination report below details the appointment of Adam Holland as a 
new Executive Director in November 2022.

  succession planning; and

  reviewed the Committee’s Performance Evaluation.

The Remuneration report, on pages 36 to 44, details the amounts earned by 
the Directors in respect of the period to 31 December 2022 and is subject to 
an advisory shareholder vote. The Remuneration policy, on pages 37 to 39, was 
approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 6 May 2020 and is 
effective for a period of three years from that date.

Committee Evaluation
An evaluation of the Committee's performance has been undertaken in respect 
of 2022 and the results discussed by the Committee. No substantive actions 
were taken as a result of the Committee evaluation.

Committee report
Committee Composition and Meetings
Sara Fowler – Chair 
Andrew Kitchingman 
Douglas Robertson 
Matthew Taylor 

The Committee’s members are the independent Non-Executive Directors, 
whose biographies are set out on page 26.

Nomination report
Appointment of Adam Holland
As part of the Committee’s discussion on Board succession planning, it was 
agreed that an additional executive Director be appointed to the newly created 
role of Chief Operating Officer. The role would be to assist Dr Steels in the day-
to-day management of the Company and to manage specific projects.

Odgers Berndtson was appointed as the external recruitment agency to assist 
the Committee in identifying a suitable candidate. The process included the 
following considerations:

The terms of reference of the Committee requires that it meets at least twice a 
year. During 2022, the Committee met three times and the table below sets out 
the attendance record of each member of the Committee:

  identifying key attributes and skills of the desired candidate, taking into 
account relevant commercial and operational experience gained while 
working in the engineering sector;

Meeting attendance

  reviewing the shortlist and arranging interviews; and

Member

Sara Fowler

Andrew Kitchingman

Douglas Robertson

Matthew Taylor

3/3

3/3

3/3

2/3*

* Matthew Taylor missed one meeting due to illness.
Additionally the Chief Executive, a representative of Prism Cosec Limited, our 
Company Secretary, and KPMG LLP, as the Company’s remuneration adviser, 
are invited to attend meetings as necessary. Each of them has confidential 
access to me at other times as required.

  providing the Board with a recommendation of the preferred candidate.

The preferred candidates met with each member of the Board and after due 
consideration and discussion, the Committee unanimously recommended the 
appointment of Adam Holland as Chief Operating Officer and as an executive 
Director to the Board. The appointment was approved with effect from 
1 November 2022.

Adam has extensive commercial and operational experience gained from 
roles based in both the UK and internationally and has a proven track record 
in business development. He joins from JCB where he has held various senior 
executive positions. Joining in 2016, initially as General Manager at JCB Service 
providing leadership and revenue growth for the multinational division before 
taking over as Managing Director at JCB Power Products Ltd, responsible for 

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
the production sites in the UK, India, and a global distribution network focused 
on sales growth in the US and Europe. Most recently Adam led a programme 
to drive a structural reduction in product cost across JCB Group in the role of 
Commercial Director, Group Purchasing.

Prior to joining JCB, Adam held senior business leadership roles in the Energy, 
Oil & Gas, and Aerospace sectors as Vice President at Siemens and Rolls 
Royce, and in Space and Defence at AEA Technology plc.

Upon a review of base salaries for Dr Steels and Mr Wilkins, it was noted 
that neither Director had received a pay increase for a number of years and 
they took a pay cut during 2020 for a period of time due to the pandemic. 
On comparison to their peers, both salaries were below the median level. 
Accordingly, Dr Steels’ base salary was increased to £300,000 and Mr Wilkins’ 
base salary was increased to £205,000, both with effect from 1 April 2022. 
These levels are still below the median level when compared to their peers.

Adam is a Chartered Engineer and Physicist, and the appointment will provide 
bandwidth, additional skills and experience to the executive leadership of the Group.

The 2022 bonus payments were at the discretion of the Committee. 
Accordingly, a 10% discretionary bonus was awarded to Dr Steels and Mr 
Wilkins.

Diversity policy
The Group values diversity among its employees. In their day-to-day behaviour, 
employees are expected not to discriminate in their relationships with each 
other and with customers, suppliers and other business partners, and also to 
encourage others to behave in a proper manner.

Mr Holland's contract includes a guaranteed bonus of £90,000 in April 2023 in 
recognition of the bonus foregone upon departure from his former employer.

The remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors for the years 2022 and 2021 
is made up as follows:

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

37

Employment and promotion opportunities will be offered on the basis of merit 
regardless of race, colour, religion, age, gender, sexual orientation, disability 
and/or national origin. The Group aims to ensure freedom from harassment and 
bullying for all employees. It is the responsibility of each employee to act in non-
discriminatory ways at all times and if an employee sees an example of possible 
discrimination, harassment or bullying taking place to bring those concerns to 
the attention of the Group’s management.

2022 Remuneration report
Directors’ total remuneration
The remuneration of the Executive Directors for the years 2022 and 2021 is 
made up as follows:

Executive Directors’ remuneration as a single figure (audited)

Salary 
£000

All 
benefitsa 
£000

Short-
term 
incentive 
schemeb 
£000

Gains 
on share 
optionsc 
£000

Pensiond 
£000

Total 
£000

287
199
42

18
19
3

30
21
–

924
590
–

69
48
2

1,328
877
47

Salary 
£000
248
182

All 
benefitsa 
£000
20
19

Short-
term 
incentive 
schemeb 
£000
140
99

Gains 
on share 
optionsc 
£000
322
42

Pensiond 
£000
63
18

Total 
£000
793
360

T Steels 
W C Wilkins
M G R Taylor
A J Kitchingman

2022
T Steels
W C Wilkins
A P Hollande

2021
T Steels
W C Wilkins

Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration as a single figure (audited)

2022
All taxable 
benefits 
£000
–
–
–
–

Fees 
£000
81
54
54
53

Total 
£000
81
54
54
53

2021
All taxable 
benefits 
£000
–
–
–
–

Fees 
£000
78
52
52
8

Total 
£000
78
52
52
8

A J Kitchingman
D G Robertson
S A Fowler
M G R Taylor

Following a review of fees for the Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors, 
the fees were increased by 5% with effect from 1 April 2022. Thereafter, the 
fees would increase annually at the same level as the average employee 
increase.

Directors’ interests in shares (unaudited)
The beneficial interests of Directors holding office at 31 December 2022 and 
persons connected with them in the ordinary shares of the Company (excluding 
share options) were as follows:

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Held at  
1 January  

2022
110,134
7,227
–
13,133

Acquired in  
the year
117,839
74,154
18,000
–

Held at  
31 December  
2022
227,973
81,381
18,000
13,133

a  Benefits include: Executive Directors – car allowance payments, income replacement 

insurance and private medical cover.

b  The performance criteria for the short-term incentive scheme is described in the 

No Director holds, or held at any time during the year, a beneficial interest in 
the Company’s preference shares. There were no changes in the Directors’ 
interests in shares between 31 December 2022 and 16 March 2023.

Remuneration policy on page 43.

c  The amounts represent the gains on the awards exercised during 2022 for the performance 

period 2019 to 2021.

d  The values are the amounts contributed by the Company into the Company’s Personal 

Pension Plans for the Executive Directors.
e  Appointed to the Board on 1 November 2022. 

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

38

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Remuneration and Nomination Committee report continued

Incentive scheme – Deferred share plan (audited)
Details of conditional grants of Mpac Group plc ordinary shares under the Company’s Deferred share plan yet to vest for each Director who held office during the 
year and who is eligible to participate in the plan are as follows:

T Steels
W C Wilkins

Date of award

1 May 2019
1 May 2019

Exercise date

11 May 2022
11 May 2022

Number of 
shares exercised

35,409
33,407

Face value 
at exercise (£)

166,422
157,012

Awards are made following the achievement of personal objectives linked to long-term strategic initiatives. The awards vested three years after the date of grant 
and the price of the Company’s shares on the day of exercise was 470 pence per ordinary share.

No award under the Deferred share plan was made in 2022.

Long Term Incentive Plan (audited)
Conditional grants under the LTIP are now made on an annual basis rather than every three years. Details of conditional grants of Mpac Group plc ordinary shares 
under the LTIP for each Director who held office during the year and who is eligible to participate in the plan are as follows:

T Steels

W C Wilkins

End of 
three-year 
performance 
period

31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2024

Date of award

12 June 2019
10 June 2022
12 June 2019
10 June 2022

Number of shares

Face value 
at grant (£000)

% of salary

210,000
96,552
120,000
37,548

349
418
199
162

143%
139%
111%
79%

Lapsed

17,248
–
9,856
–

Exercised

192,752
–
110,144
–

Balance

–
96,552
–
37,548

Face value of awards at the 2019 and 2022 dates of grant are calculated based on the closing share price of 166p and 432.5p per ordinary share respectively.

For the 2019 award, which vested in 2022, the performance conditions are shown in the table below and resulted in 91.8% of the award vesting.

Metric
ESP

Weighting
70%

ROCE

30%

Total

100%

Performance condition
Cumulative Underlying EPS to exceed 115p over the 
three-year period to vest in full. Vesting is reduced to 
20% on a pro-rata basis if cumulative Underlying EPS is 
85p over the three-year period and is reduced to nil if it 
fails to reach 85p
Average ROCE to exceed 30% over the three-year period 
to vest in full. Vesting is reduced to 20% on a pro-rata 
basis if average ROCE is 20% over the three-year period 
and is reduced to nil if it fails to reach 20% 

Threshold 
target
85p

Stretch 
target
115p

Actual
110.6p

% Vesting
61.8%

20%

30%

34.15%

30.0%

91.8%

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
For the 2022 award, the performance metrics selected reflect underlying business performance. 70% of the award of shares is based on cumulative EPS 
performance over a three-year period. 30% of the award of shares is based on average ROCE over the same three-year period. In respect of the percentage of 
the award that relates to EPS, 20% of the award is made if EPS is 140p. 100% of the award is made if EPS is equal to or exceeds 180p. Between these two points, 
allocation will be on a straight-line basis pro rata. If EPS is below 140p, no award will be made in respect of EPS. In respect of the percentage of the award that 
relates to ROCE, 20% of the award is made if ROCE is 30%. 100% of the award is made if ROCE equals or exceeds 40%. Between these two points, allocation will 
be on a straight-line basis pro rata. If ROCE is below 30%, no award will be made in respect of ROCE.

Metric
EPS

Weighting
70%

ROCE

30%

Total

100%

Performance condition
Cumulative Underlying EPS to exceed 180p over the three-year 
period to vest in full. Vesting is reduced to 20% on a pro-rata basis 
if cumulative Underlying EPS is 140p over the three-year period 
and is reduced to nil if it fails to reach 140p

Average ROCE to exceed 40% over the three-year period to vest in 
full. Vesting is reduced to 20% on a pro-rata basis if average ROCE 
is 30% over the three-year period and is reduced to nil if it fails to 
reach 30% 

Threshold target
140p

Stretch target
180p

30%

40%

On 16 March 2023, the share price was £2.90 and this has been used to estimate the value of shares vesting.

T Steels
W C Wilkins

Grant date

10 June 2022
10 June 2022

Vest date

31 December 2024
31 December 2024

Number of 
shares at grant

Estimated number 
of shares to vest

Estimated value £

96,552
37,548

–
–

–
–

Awards will normally remain subject to a holding period of two years, commencing on the vesting date with the exception of sales to cover related personal tax 
liabilities. There is currently no minimum shareholding requirement for Executive Directors.

Sara Fowler 
Chair of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee

22 March 2023

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

39

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

40

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Remuneration and Nomination Committee report continued

Remuneration Policy
This part of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee’s report sets out the 
Remuneration policy, which was approved by shareholders at the Annual General 
Meeting on 6 May 2020 and will be effective until no later than 6 May 2023.

The Remuneration policy is designed to ensure that the remuneration packages 
offered, and the terms of the contracts of service, are competitive and are 
designed to attract, retain and motivate Executive Directors of the right calibre. 
To achieve these goals, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee’s policy 
is to establish fixed salary at around half of the total obtainable in the case of 
excellent performance, with recognition and reward for achieving performance 
targets annually and growth in the long term.

Remuneration packages
The main components of the package for each Executive Director are:

i. Basic salary
Basic salary is determined by taking into account the performance of the 
individual and information on the rates of salary for similar jobs in companies 
of comparable size and complexity in a range of engineering and other 
technology industries.

ii. Incentive schemes
The Executive Directors participate in a short-term incentive scheme in 
which the minimum bonus payable is nil and the maximum bonus payable is 
120% of relevant salaries. The incentive is payable wholly in cash. The targets 
against which performance is judged are primarily the Group’s key financial 
performance indicators and personal objectives. The Directors’ personal 
objectives are commercially sensitive and therefore remain, and are expected 
to continue to remain, confidential to the Company. In some years, the targets 
may be varied to reflect particular objectives determined by the Committee.

iii. Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)
An LTIP, which was adopted by the Board on 10 June 2019, has been introduced 
to incentivise Executive Directors and certain senior managers over the 
longer term and encourage retention. 70% of the award of shares is based on 
cumulative Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) performance over a three-year period. 
30% of the award of shares is based on average Return On Capital Employed 
(“ROCE”) over the same three-year period. In respect of the percentage of the 
award that relates to EPS, 20% of the award is made if EPS is 140p. 100% of the 
award is made if EPS is equal to or exceeds 180p. Between these two points, 
allocation will be on a straight-line basis pro rata. If EPS is below 140p, no award 
will be made in respect of EPS. In respect of the percentage of the award that 
relates to ROCE, 20% of the award is made if ROCE is 30%. 100% of the award 
is made if ROCE equals or exceeds 40%. Between these two points, allocation 
will be on a straight-line basis pro rata.

If ROCE is below 30%, no award will be made in respect of ROCE.

An award granted under the LTIP in the form of a conditional right giving 
the participant a right to acquire ordinary shares in the Company if certain 
conditions are met. Awards were made covering a three-year period. Awards 
will normally vest following the end of the three-year performance period, once 
it is determined whether and to what extent the performance conditions have 
been achieved. Awards will normally remain subject to a holding period of two 
years commencing on the vesting date. Standard malus, clawback and leaver 
provisions apply.

iv. Pensions
Directors may choose to join the Mpac Group Personal Pension Plan, which is a 
defined contribution scheme. Additionally, life assurance and income protection 
policies are put in place for the Executive Directors.

Contracts of service
The Company’s policy is to offer contracts of employment that attract, motivate 
and retain skilled employees who are incentivised to deliver the Company’s 
strategy. The current service contracts were concluded with Dr Steels on 6 
June 2016, with Mr Wilkins on 22 June 2018 and with Mr Holland 17 July 2022. 
These service contracts are terminable on notice of one year given by the 
Company and six months given by the Director. In the event of termination by 
the Company, the Company has the option of making a payment of liquidated 
damages equivalent to the value of 12 months’ salary, or the balance of the 
period to the date of expiry if less, or of negotiating appropriate compensation 
reflecting the principle of mitigation. In the event of a change of control in the 
Company, if the Company terminates an Executive Director's contract within 
six months of the change of control, or if an Executive Director terminates 
the contract within six months of the change of control, the Company will be 
obliged to pay liquidated damages equivalent to the value of 12 months’ salary. 
The purpose of the change of control clause, which is reviewed regularly, is 
that the contracts should provide reasonable and appropriate security to the 
director concerned and to the Company.

Any commitment contained within the current Directors’ service contracts, or a 
current employee’s contract of employment who is subsequently promoted to 
the role of Director, will be honoured even where it may be inconsistent with the 
Company’s Remuneration policy.

Letters of appointment
The Non-Executive Directors are not issued with a separate service contract 
on appointment. The terms of their appointment are set out in their letter of 
appointment. The Company does not make termination payments to Non-
Executive Directors in the event that a Non-Executive Director’s appointment 
is terminated by the Company.

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Recruitment
The Committee reserves the right to make payments outside the Remuneration 
policy in exceptional circumstances. The Committee would only use this right 
where it believes that this is in the best interests of the Company and when it 
would be disproportionate to seek the specific approval of the shareholders in a 
general meeting.

When hiring a new Executive Director, the Committee will use the Remuneration 
policy to determine the Executive Director’s remuneration package. To facilitate 
the hiring of candidates of the appropriate calibre to implement the Group’s 
strategy, the Committee may include any other remuneration component 
or award not explicitly referred to in this Remuneration policy sufficient to 
attract the right candidate. In determining the appropriate remuneration, 
the Committee will take into consideration all relevant factors (including the 
quantum and nature of the remuneration) to ensure the arrangements are in 
the best interests of the Company and its shareholders.

The Committee may buy-out incentive arrangements forfeited on leaving a 
previous employer after taking account of relevant factors including the form 
of the award, any performance conditions attached to the award and when 
they would have vested. The Committee may consider other components 
for structuring the buy-out, including cash or share awards where there is a 
commercial rationale for this.

Where the recruitment requires the individual to relocate appropriate relocation 
costs may be offered.

Recruitment awards will normally be liable to forfeiture or clawback if the 
Executive Director leaves the Company within the first two years of their 
employment. Any such awards will be linked to the achievement of appropriate 
and challenging performance measures and will be forfeited if performance or 
continued employment conditions are not met.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

41

Termination
The Committee reserves the right to make additional liquidated damages 
payments outside the terms of the Directors’ service contracts where such 
payments are made in good faith in order to discharge an existing legal 
obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an obligation) or by way 
of settlement or compromise of any claim arising in connection with the 
termination of a director’s office or employment.

Non-Executive Directors
The fees of Non-Executive Directors are determined by the Board based upon 
comparable market levels. The Non-Executive Directors do not participate in 
the Company’s incentive schemes and nor do they receive any benefits or 
pension contributions.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Remuneration and Nomination Committee report continued

42

Future Remuneration policy table
The following table provides a summary of the key components of the remuneration package for Directors:

Salary

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Opportunity

This is a fixed element of the Executive Directors’ remuneration and is intended to be competitive and attract, 
retain and motivate.

Takes into account the performance of the individual and information on the rates of salary for similar jobs in companies 
of comparable size and complexity in a range of engineering and technology industries.

Salary is normally reviewed annually. Ordinarily, salary increases will be in line with increases awarded to other employees 
within the Group. However, increases may be made above this level at the Remuneration and Nomination Committee’s 
discretion to take account of individual circumstances such as:

  increase in scope and responsibility;

  to reflect the individual’s development and performance in the role; and

  alignment to market level.

Performance metrics

Not applicable, although individual performance is one of the considerations in determining the level of salary.

Benefits

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Opportunity

The benefits provided to the Executive Directors are intended to be competitive and attract and retain the right 
calibre of candidate.

Benefits are paid to the Executive Directors in line with market practice.

Benefits are set at a level which the Remuneration and Nomination Committee considers:

  are appropriately positioned against comparable roles in companies of a similar size and complexity in the relevant 
market; and

  provide a sufficient level of benefit based upon the role and individual circumstances.

Performance metrics

Not applicable.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Short-term incentive scheme

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics

Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics

The short-term incentive scheme is intended to reward Executive Directors for the performance of the Group in the 
financial year.

The Remuneration and Nomination Committee reviews the financial performance of the Group following the end of 
each financial year and determines the payments to be made.

Maximum of 120% of salary.

The targets against which performance is judged are primarily the Group’s key performance metrics in each financial 
year set annually by the Remuneration and Nomination Committee as well as personal objectives. In some years, 
the targets for the short-term incentive scheme may be varied to reflect particular objectives determined by the 
Remuneration and Nomination Committee. The Remuneration and Nomination Committee retains the ability to adjust 
and/or set different performance measures if events occur (such as a change in strategy, a material acquisition/ 
divestment of a Group business, a change in prevailing market conditions, or a change in regulation which affects 
the Group) which cause the Remuneration and Nomination Committee to determine that the measures are no longer 
appropriate and that amendment is required so that they achieve their original purpose.

The LTIP is intended to incentivise Executive Directors and certain senior managers over the longer term in direct 
alignment with shareholders’ interests and encourage retention.

An award granted under the LTIP in the form of a conditional right giving the participant a right to acquire ordinary 
shares in Company if certain conditions are met. Awards were made covering a three-year period. Awards will normally 
vest following the end of the three-year performance period, once it is determined whether and to what extent the 
performance conditions have been achieved. Awards will normally remain subject to a holding period of two years, 
commencing on the vesting date with the exception of sales to cover related personal tax liabilities. Standard malus, 
clawback and leaver provisions apply.

The normal maximum award, covering the rolling three-year plan period, is 300% of salary based on the value of the 
award at the date of grant.

Performance metrics selected reflect underlying business performance. 70% of the award of shares is based on 
cumulative Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) performance over a three-year period. 30% of the award of shares is based on 
average Return On Capital Employed (“ROCE”) over the same three-year period. In respect of the percentage of the 
award that relates to EPS, 20% of the award is made if EPS is 140p. 100% of the award is made if EPS is equal to or 
exceeds 180p. Between these two points, allocation will be on a straight-line basis pro rata. If EPS is below 140p no award 
will be made in respect of EPS. In respect of the percentage of the award that relates to ROCE, 20% of the award is made 
if ROCE is 30%. 100% of the award is made if ROCE equals or exceeds 40%. Between these two points, allocation will be 
on a straight-line basis pro rata. If ROCE is below 30%, no award will be made in respect of ROCE.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

43

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

44

Remuneration and Nomination Committee report continued

Pension

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Opportunity

The payment of a pension benefit is intended to form an integral part of an Executive Director’s remuneration package 
that is competitive and attracts, retains and motivates the Director.

Directors may join the Mpac Group Personal Pension Plan, or alternatively, in lieu of payments to the pension scheme, 
the Company may pay additional emoluments.

Any percentage increase in pension contributions will not exceed the percentage increase in salary.

Performance metrics

Not applicable.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Non-Executive Directors’ fees

Purpose and link to strategy

To attract and retain Non-Executive Directors of the right calibre.

Operation

The fees of Non-Executive Directors are determined by the Board based upon comparable market levels. The Non-
Executive Directors do not participate in the Company’s incentive schemes and nor do they receive any benefits or 
pension contributions.

Statement of consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group
The Group applies the same key principles to setting remuneration for its employees as those applied to the Directors’ remuneration. In setting salaries and 
benefits each business considers the need to retain and incentivise key employees and the impact such policy has on the continued success of the Group.

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

45

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Directors’ report

Reporting requirements
The following information is provided in other appropriate sections and is 
included in this Directors’ Report by reference and so is deemed to be part of it:

Information
Strategic report
Directors' Remuneration Report
Future development and events 
occurring after the balance sheet date

Reported
Pages 4 to 21.
Pages 37 to 39.
Details can be found in the Strategic 
Report on pages 9 to 13.

Business review
The Directors’ business review is set out as part of the Strategic report with 
the results of the Group being set out in the consolidated income statement on 
page 56 and in its related notes. The Group has overseas subsidiaries.

Going concern
The Group‘s activities together with the factors likely to affect its future 
development, performance and position are as described within the Strategic 
report on pages 4 to 21 in particular the Outlook section on page 13. The 
Directors have considered the trading outlook, including the preparation of 
profit, balance sheet and cash flow forecasts, for the Group for a 24-month 
period ending 31 December 2024, its financial resources including its cash 
resources and access to borrowings, as set out in note 20 to the accounts on 
page 81, and its continuing obligations, including to its defined benefit pension 
schemes, details of which are set out in note 24 to the accounts on pages 
83 to 87. These forecasts have been sensitised to cover a range of credible 
downside scenarios, including the potential future impacts of the pandemic and 
the conclusions remained unchanged. "Reverse stress tests", where scenarios 
were run to determine the full extent of the Group's resilience to downside 
risks, did not challenge the Group's conclusions under any plausible scenario. 
Performance subsequent to the year-end suggests the forecasts remain 
appropriate. Having made due enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future. For this reason, they continue to adopt the 
going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

Directors
Biographical details of the Directors currently serving on the Board and their 
dates of appointment are set out on page 26.

The Directors who served during the year are as follows:

Executive Directors
Tony Steels 
Will Wilkins
Adam Holland1

Non-Executive Directors
Andrew Kitchingman
Sara Fowler
Douglas Robertson
Matthew Taylor

1 Appointed to the Board on 1 November 2022.

The Company’s approach to the appointment and replacement of Directors is 
governed by its Articles of Association (together with relevant legislation) and 
takes into consideration any recommendations of the QCA Code.

Subject to any restrictions in its Articles of Association and the Companies 
Act 2006, the Directors may exercise any powers which are not reserved for 
exercise by the shareholders.

The Company maintained Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance cover 
throughout 2022. The Articles of Association of the Company permit it to 
indemnify the Company’s officers, and officers of any associated company, 
against liabilities arising from conducting Company business, to the extent 
permitted by law. The Company’s Articles of Association, together with the 
Directors’ Service Contracts, will be available for inspection at the AGM.

Directors and Directors’ interests
Directors’ interests in the Company’s shares as at 31 December 2022 are shown 
on page 37. There are no shareholding requirements for Directors.

Substantial shareholdings
At 16 March 2023, the Company had been notified, or is aware of, the following 
interests in the issued ordinary share capital of the Company:

Schroder Investment Management Limited
Mr G V L Oury

Number of 
ordinary shares
4,368,152
1,095,000

% of issued 
ordinary shares
21.33%
5.35%

Results and dividends
The Group’s loss for the year was £0.4m (31 December 2021: £7.8m profit). The 
Board has decided to not pay a final dividend. An interim dividend was not paid 
during 2022 (2021: none).

Dividends on the 6% preference shares are due for payment on 30 June and 
31 December in each year and in 2022 amounted to £0.1m (2021: £0.1m).

Research and development
Group policy is to retain and enhance its market position through the design 
and development of specialist machinery and services. To achieve this 
objective, engineering and product development facilities are maintained in 
the UK and overseas. Research and development expenditure for the Group 
incurred in 2022, net of third-party income, amounted to £1.7m (2021: £1.1m), of 
which £0.5m (2021: £0.9m) was charged to the consolidated income statement 
and £1.2m (2021: £0.2m) was capitalised and included in development costs.

Share capital
At 31 December 2022, the Company’s issued share capital was £5,118,606 
divided into 20,474,424 ordinary shares of £0.25 each and 900,000 preference 
shares of £1.00 each. Details of movements in issued share capital in the year 
are set out in note 25 to the financial statements. Authority for the purchase of 
up to 2,017,154 ordinary shares for cancellation was granted at the 2022 Annual 
General Meeting and this authority expires at the end of the 2023 AGM. While 
this authority was not used during the year, the Directors consider it appropriate 
to seek further authority from the shareholders at the forthcoming Annual 
General Meeting for the Company to purchase its own shares.

Resolution 14, which will be proposed as a special resolution, will seek the 
necessary authority to enable the Company to purchase for cancellation 
ordinary shares in the market for a period of up to 12 months from the date 
of the meeting, upon the terms set out in the resolution, up to a maximum 
number of 2,047,422 ordinary shares representing approximately 10% of the 
issued ordinary share capital at the date of the notice convening the Annual 
General Meeting.

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Directors’ report continued

46

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

EES Trustees International Limited holds shares as trustee in connection with 
the Company’s long-term incentive arrangements for the benefit of the Group’s 
employees; at 16 March 2023 it held no shares. The trustee has agreed to waive 
all dividends and not to exercise voting rights in respect of shares representing 
0% of the issued share capital.

Information about the Company’s share capital is given in note 25 to the 
accounts on page 89.

Disclosure of information to the auditor
As far as the Directors are aware, there is no relevant audit information of which 
the Group’s auditor is unaware, and each Director has taken all reasonable steps 
that they ought to have taken as a Director in order to make themselves aware 
of any relevant audit information to establish that the Group’s auditors are 
aware of that information.

Auditor
Grant Thornton UK LLP resigned as statutory auditor with effect from 23 June 
2022. Following a competitive tender process, the Company appointed PKF 
Littlejohn LLP as its new statutory auditor and a resolution to approve their 
appointment will be proposed at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting will take place on 17 May 2023. Notice of the 
meeting can be found on pages 103 to 109.

Political donations
The Company made no political donations during the year 31 December 2022.

Financial instruments
The financial risk management objectives of the Group, including details of the 
exposure of the Company and its subsidiaries to financial risks including credit 
risk, interest rate risk and currency risk, are provided in note 26 to the accounts 
on pages 90 to 96.

Sustainability policy
The Group is committed not only to compliance with environmental legislation 
but also to the progressive introduction of appropriate measures to limit the 
adverse effects of its operations upon the environment. In particular, efforts are 
made to minimise waste arising from operations, to recycle materials wherever 
possible and to consider alternative methods of design or operation.

The Group aims both to reduce its costs by these means and to promote good 
practice in the use of resources at sustainable levels.

Annual quantity of emissions
In accordance with the Companies Act 2006, Mpac Group plc is committed to 
reporting emissions for the Group on an annual basis as set out in the following 
tables. Emissions are measured as tonnes of CO2 equivalent from the Group’s 
metered purchases of electricity and fuel consumed in the activities of the Group 
for which it is responsible; an intensity ratio has also been included. Additionally, 
a measure of the CO2 emitted by travel in the Group has been included, 
representing the emissions from Group-operated vehicles and from business- 
related flights taken by the Group’s employees. The methodologies used for the 
calculation of the emissions are as follows. The emissions in relation to electricity 
and gas have been calculated by the multiplication of the metered usage by the 
emissions level provided by the supplier, or, where this is not available, by publicly 
available equivalents. In the case of transport, emissions are calculated based on 
the distances travelled multiplied by known emissions levels of the vehicles or, 
where this is not available, from equivalent publicly available data.

Globally

Purchased electricity
Combustion of fuel 
Travel

UK only

Purchased electricity
Combustion of fuel 
Travel

2021 comparative

Globally

Purchased electricity
Combustion of fuel 
Travel

UK only

Purchased electricity
Combustion of fuel 
Travel

KWH 
intensity 
(per  

employee)a

3,333
3,529

MWH

1,543
1,634

KWH 
intensity 
(per  

MWH

employee)a

441
488

2,791
3089

CO2  
intensity 
(kg per 
employee)a

778
648
1,147

CO2  
intensity 
(kg per 
employee)a

652
570
715

CO2  
(tonnes)

360
300
531

CO2  
(tonnes)

103
90
113

KWH 
intensity 
(per  

MWH

employee)a

 1,389 
 2,129 

 2,955 
 4,513 

KWH 
intensity 
(per  

MWH

employee)a

 327 
 1,030 

 1,994 
 6,280 

CO2  
intensity 
(kg per 
employee)a

 689 
 830 
 555 

CO2  

(tonnes)

 324 
 390 
 261 

CO2  
intensity 
(kg per 
employee)a

 463 
 1,152 
 140 

CO2  

(tonnes)

 76 
 189 
 33 

a  Calculated using average number of employees in the year.

Energy efficiency
The Group continues to focus on reducing energy consumption and carbon 
emissions and reviews have been undertaken and recommendations 
implemented. Reviews of new and evolving technologies form an integral part 
of a continuous operational review programme.

Employee and other stakeholder engagement
Details of the Group's arrangements for engaging with employees, suppliers 
and customers are required to be disclosed in this Directors' report and are set 
out under the s.172 statement on page 22. Such information is incorporated into 
this Directors report by reference and is deemed to form part of this report.

Prism Cosec Limited 
Company Secretary

22 March 2023

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

in respect of the annual report and the financial statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial 
statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for 
each financial year. Under that law the Directors have prepared the financial 
statements in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards. 
Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements 
unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs 
and profit or loss of the Company and Group for that period. In preparing these 
financial statements, the Directors are required to:

  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

  state whether applicable UK-adopted international accounting standards have 
been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in 
the financial statements; and

  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that 
are sufficient to show and explain the Group and Company's transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group 
and Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply 
with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the 
assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information included on the company’s website. 
Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’ report is approved:

  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which 
the Group’s and parent Company’s auditors are unaware; and

  they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a Director in 
order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to 
establish that the Group’s and parent Company’s auditors are aware of that 
information.

This Responsibility statement was approved by the Board on 22 March 2023 
and is signed on its behalf by:

Tony Steels 
Chief Executive

Will Wilkins 
Group Finance Director

22 March 2023

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

47

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

48

Financial 
statements

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

2
0

3
2

8
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent Auditor’s report

to the members of Mpac Group plc

Opinion

We have audited the financial statements of Mpac Group plc (the ‘parent 
company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) for the year ended 31 December 
2022 which comprise the Consolidated Income Statement, the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated and Parent 
Company Statements of Changes in Equity, the Consolidated and Parent 
Company Statements of Financial Position, the Consolidated and Parent 
Company Statements of Cash Flows and notes to the financial statements, 
including significant accounting policies. The financial reporting framework 
that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and UK-adopted 
international accounting standards and as regards the parent company 
financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the 
Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion:

  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the 
group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2022 and 
of the group’s loss for the year then ended; 

  the group financial statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards;

  the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards and as 
applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing 
(UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those standards 
are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements section of our report. We are independent of the group and 
parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant 
to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical 
Standard as applied to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the 
audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis 
for our opinion.

Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use 
of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial 
statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the 
group and parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting included the procedures as noted in the Key Audit Matters 
section of our report.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material 
uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, 
may cast significant doubt on the group’s or parent company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when 
the financial statements are authorised for issue.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to 
going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.

Our application of materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. The 
quantitative and qualitative thresholds for materiality determine the scope 
of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures. We 
determined materiality for the financial statements to be:

Entity
Group
Parent company

Materiality 
£’000
950 
625 

Performance 
materiality 
£’000
 570 (60%)
375 (60%)

Triviality 
threshold 
£’000
 47 (5%)
31 (5%)

The benchmark for group materiality was selected as 1% of revenue in the year. 
Revenue was deemed to be the most appropriate metric for group materiality 
as revenue growth and expansion is a key performance indicator. Revenue was 
considered to be more appropriate than the profit/loss in the year due to the 
fluctuation in this metric from previous years. 

The benchmark selected for the parent company materiality was 1% of the 
net asset value, as the parent company is not revenue generating, the 
significant balances in the financial statements are the investments in the 
trading subsidiaries. 

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the 
probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements 
exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in 
determining the scope of our audit and the nature and extent of our testing 
of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures. Given 2022 was 
our first year as auditors and the trading difficulties encountered by the group 
in the year, we have concluded that 60% of materiality is appropriate to set 
performance materiality for both the group and parent company. 

While materiality for the group financial statements as a whole was set at 
£950,000, each significant component of the group was audited to an overall 
materiality ranging between £440,000 and £560,000, with performance 
materiality set at 60%.

We applied the concept of materiality in planning and performing our audit and 
in evaluating the effects of misstatement. 

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

49

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

50

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Independent Auditor’s report continued
Independent Auditor’s report continued

Our approach to the audit
Our audit is risk based and is designed to focus our efforts on the areas 
at greatest risk of material misstatement, aspects subject to significant 
management judgement as well as greatest complexity, risk and size.

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality, as above, and 
assessed the risk of material misstatement in the financial statements. In 
particular, we looked at areas involving significant accounting estimates and 
judgement by the directors and considered future events that are inherently 
uncertain. These areas of estimate and judgement included:

  Revenue recognition over time on long term contracts;

  Carrying value and impairment assessment of intangible assets, including 
goodwill and acquired intangibles;

  Capitalisation of internally generated research and development intangibles;

  Pension asset/liability calculation and assumptions used thereon; and 

  Recognition of deferred tax assets based on historic losses within the group. 

We also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, 
including among other matters consideration of whether there was evidence 
of bias that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.

A full scope audit was completed on the financial information of all of the 
group’s significant operating subsidiaries by PKF Littlejohn LLP and no 
component auditors were engaged.

The key audit matters and how these were addressed are outlined below.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, 
were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the 
current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material 
misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) we identified, including those 
which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of 
resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. 
These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial 
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not 
provide a separate opinion on these matters.

High

Likelihood

Low

Potential

financial

statement

impact 

High

Low

Carrying value of
goodwill and acquired
intangible assets

Revenue recognition
and accounting for
long term contracts

Accuracy of defined
benefit pension
liabilities and
scheme valuation

Going concern

Capitalisation of
internally generated
product development
intangible assets

Low

Magnitude

High

Management

override of controls  

Improper revenue

recognition and

judgements made

on open contracts

Accuracy

of defined

benefit pension

liabilities

Going concern

Impairment of

goodwill (Mpac

Lambert CGU)

Accuracy of

hedge accounting 

Low

Extent of management judgement

High

Key audit matter

Significant risk

Other risk

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Key audit matter

How our scope addressed the matter

Going Concern (Accounting policies section of the annual report)
The group has recorded a loss for the period and has £8m of 
borrowings repayable within one year.

The results for the year could be an early indicator of adverse future 
trading performance of the group resulting in, but not limited to, the 
following factors: 

  Decline in future orders; 

  Issues with supply chain causing delay in completing customer 
orders and increases in working capital tied up in customer contract 
assets; and 

  Inflationary costs. 

These factors could have an adverse impact on the group’s revenues 
and profit, which increases the extent of judgement and estimation 
uncertainty associated with the directors’ decision to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial 
statements and as a result, going concern has been assessed as a key 
audit matter.

Our work in this area included:

  Obtaining management’s base case forecasts and calculations covering the period to 
December 2024, and documenting our understanding of the process to prepare the 
forecasts;

  Testing the mathematical accuracy of the model and challenging management on the 
accuracy of calculations, cash inflows and outflows as well as any anticipated effect 
of further macro-economic disruptions; 

  Assessing the reasonableness of the cash flow forecast by analysing management’s 
historical forecasting accuracy;

  Evaluating the reasonableness of the forecast with reference to the post year end 
financial performance and orderbook;

  Testing the accuracy of the orderbook used in management’s base case forecast and 
corroborating a sample of orders to supporting contracts or other proof of order;

  Re-performing management’s sensitivity analysis to determine the impact of 
changes in assumptions and reviewing reasonableness of the scenarios, including 
the available headroom under each; 

  Assessing the continued availability of debt facilities through the going concern 
period and reviewing the underlying terms including covenants and examination of 
executed agreements; 

  Recalculating covenants during the going concern period to ensure ongoing 
compliance; and

  Assessing management’s going concern disclosures and whether these are in line 
with UK-adopted international accounting standards. 

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

51

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

52

Independent Auditor’s report continued
Independent Auditor’s report continued

Key audit matter

How our scope addressed the matter

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Revenue recognition and accounting for long term contracts 
(Note 1 and Note 18)
The group generates significant revenue through entering into contracts 
with customers to design, engineer and manufacture machinery and 
packaging solutions. The majority of revenue is recognised over time. 
The group adopts an inputs based method for recognising contract 
revenue by estimating total labour hours at the outset of a contract. 
Revenue is then recognised over the life of the contract based on total 
labour hours incurred as a percentage of total expected hours.

In applying this method, management judgement and estimation is 
required, and there is a risk that revenue is not being recognised in 
accordance with IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. 
This includes the risk that contract assets and liabilities, and contract 
fulfilment assets, at the year end are not accurate or complete.

Carrying value of goodwill and acquired intangible assets (Note 12)
The group holds significant goodwill and acquired intangible assets 
arising from historic acquisitions. When carrying out the goodwill 
impairment review, determining the recoverable amount for the 
smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash flows that are 
largely independent of the cash flows from other assets or group of 
assets (cash-generating unit (“CGU”)) requires management to make 
judgements over several key inputs in the models for predicting future 
revenue/future cash flow levels (discounted cash flow models).

Due to the high level of estimation uncertainty present in the 
impairment test and the sensitivity of small changes to the  
assumptions on the net present value of the assets in management’s 
model, we identified the valuation of acquired intangibles and goodwill 
as a key audit matter.

Our audit work in this area included the following:

  Obtaining an understanding of the information systems and related controls relevant 
to each material income stream;

  Evaluating the appropriateness of the information system used to record labour hours;

  Evaluating management’s revenue recognition policy in line with IFRS 15, specifically 
ensuring that performance obligations are met prior to revenue being recognised and 
that revenue over time as well as revenue at a point in time is recognised in line with 
the group’s accounting policy as well as IFRS 15;

  Challenging management’s assumptions used in forecasting contract margin/
profitability as well as percentage of completion by reference to post year end 
performance and historic evidence for a sample of revenue contracts open at year end;

  Testing a sample of closed contracts and assessing management’s historic 
forecasting accuracy on a contract by contract basis by reviewing expected labour 
hours and margins at contract inception to actual margins at completion; 

  Substantive testing contract labour hours included in the revenue recognition 
calculation, agreeing amounts to timesheets and other supporting information to test 
the revenue and profit recognised.

  Reviewing contract margins for indicators of any potential loss making contracts and 
discussing with management whether these are onerous contracts as per IAS 37. 

  Testing year-end adjustments to revenue as well as the associated contract assets & 
contract liabilities recognised and to ensure these are recognised in accordance with 
the stated accounting policies; and

  Testing the recoverability of contract assets at year end with reference to post year 
end contract performance and customer payments.

Our audit work in this area included the following:

  Obtaining management’s impairment papers and value in use calculations along with 
related workings to support the value in use of each cash generating unit;

  Testing the mathematical accuracy of the value in use calculations, as well as 
challenging key assumptions used in the preparation of the discounted cash-
flow model, including the discount rate, growth rate, expected revenue (based 
on orderbook) as well as capital expenditure planned. Specialists within the audit 
team were used to assess for reasonableness the assumptions which significantly 
influence the value in use;

  Reviewing management’s identification of each CGU to ensure that it is consistent 
with the associated goodwill and intangible asset and whether the discount rates are 
reasonable for each CGU;

  Assessing the accuracy of historic forecasts to actual results to evaluate 
management’s ability to forecast the CGU’s future cash flows;

  Considering the reasonableness of cash flows included in the calculation through 
comparison with current year performance and historic trends. We also confirmed 
the consistency of the model with that being used to assess going concern;

  Performing a range of plausible sensitivities on key assumptions to determine potential 
impact on value in use in the event of an adverse movement in assumptions; and

  Reviewing the disclosures in the financial statements in relation to the intangible 
assets and associated estimates.

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

53

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Key audit matter

How our scope addressed the matter

Accuracy of defined benefit pension liabilities and 
scheme valuation (Note 24)
The group operates defined benefit pension schemes in the UK and US 
that provide benefits to a number of current and former employees.

At 31 December 2022 the group’s net defined benefit asset was £29.4m 
on an IAS 19 basis (2021: £33.2m). The total fair value of scheme assets 
and present value of defined benefit obligations which form the net 
defined benefit asset amounted to £311.2m (£453.1m) and £279.7m 
(£417.4m), respectively. 

IAS 19 Employee Benefits describes the recognition and measurement 
of defined benefit pension schemes. 

The valuation of these schemes at year end involve complex 
judgements and assumptions. 

Variations in these key assumptions such as discount rates or mortality 
rates have the ability to significantly influence the net asset/liability 
position of these schemes, and as such the scheme valuation is 
considered as a key audit matter.

Capitalisation of internally generated product development 
intangible assets (Note 12)
During the prior year, the group signed a framework agreement for a 
three-year period exclusive supply of casting and unit cell assembly 
equipment for a battery production line.

In relation to the agreement and under IAS 38 Intangible Assets, the 
group has capitalised the engineering time in development of the new 
product, which gave rise to an intangible asset.

Management have assessed that the development has future economic 
benefit, outside of the existing contract, deriving from the sale of 
battery production equipment to a wider energy storage and electric 
vehicle client base.

Due to the degree of judgment inherent in capitalising the costs 
resulting from the uncertainty of the project’s technical success, as well 
as the economic and commercial feasibility, we have considered this 
area as a key audit matter.

Our audit work in this area included the following:

  Documenting our understanding of the processes surrounding the valuation of 
pension scheme assets and defined benefit obligations;

  Obtaining the actuarial report prepared by management’s expert and assessed the 
scope of their work, competence and independence;

  Using an actuarial expert to inform our challenge of the assumptions used, including 
discount rates, growth rates, mortality rates and the calculation methods employed in 
the calculation of the pension liability;

  Reconciling the pension balances disclosed within the financial statements to 
management’s actuarial report;

  Reviewing funding agreements between the pension trustees and the group, 
including the latest triennial review performed in June 2021 and corroborated deficit 
reduction payments with the fund;

  Testing a sample of the pension scheme assets to underlying documentation to 
confirm ownership and valuation at the reporting date;

  Reviewing disclosures relating to pension assets & liabilities to ensure that they are 
in line with IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’.

Our audit work in this area included:

  Obtaining an understanding of the group’s policy of capitalising development costs 
and ensuring eligibility with the requirements of IAS 38;

  Obtaining management’s assessment on development costs capitalised and challenging 
management on the suitability with reference to the criteria set out in IAS 38;

  Reviewing the signed framework agreement and reviewing the terms of the contract 
to ensure the ownership of the design rights to the assembly line are held buy the 
group;

  Discussions with the clean energy sales team and innovations team to understand 
and evaluate the projects economic and technical feasibility;

  Challenging management as to the timing of the capitalisation commencement and 
finishing dates, agreeing their assertions to supporting documentation;

  Substantively testing a sample of costs capitalised to supporting documents such as 
invoices and timesheets; and

  Reviewing the appropriateness of the useful life of the internally generated intangible 
assets and reviewing the group’s disclosures in the financial statements and ensure 
its in line with the requirements of IAS 38.

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

54

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Independent Auditor’s report continued
Independent Auditor’s report continued

Other information
The other information comprises the information included in the annual 
report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report 
thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information contained 
within the annual report. Our opinion on the group and parent company 
financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to 
the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any 
form of assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read the 
other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information 
is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge 
obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material 
misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a 
material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based 
on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. 

We have nothing to report in this regard. 

Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit: 

  the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the 
financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent 
with the financial statements; and 

  the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in 
accordance with applicable legal requirements. 

Matters on which we are required to report by exception 
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent 
company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not 
identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report. 

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to 
which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion: 

  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, 
or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not 
visited by us; or 

  the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the 
accounting records and returns; or 

  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not 
made; or 

  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for 
our audit.

Responsibilities of directors 
As explained more fully in the statement of directors’ responsibilities, 
the directors are responsible for the preparation of the group and parent 
company financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary 
to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the group and parent company financial statements, the 
directors are responsible for assessing the group and the parent company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters 
related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting 
unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent 
company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due 
to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that 
an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error 
and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could 
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on 
the basis of these financial statements. 

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws 
and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, 
outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, 
including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud is detailed below:

  We obtained an understanding of the group and parent company and the 
sector in which they operate to identify laws and regulations that could 
reasonably be expected to have a direct effect on the financial statements. 
We obtained our understanding in this regard through discussions with 
management, and our expertise of the sector. 

  We determined the principal laws and regulations relevant to the group and 
parent company in this regard to be those arising from the Companies Act 
2006, UK-adopted international accounting standards, the AIM Rules for 
Companies, as well as local laws and regulations in the jurisdiction in which 
the group and parent company operate.

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
  We designed our audit procedures to ensure the audit team considered 
whether there were any indications of non-compliance by the group and 
parent company with those laws and regulations. These procedures included, 
but were not limited to:

– conducting enquiries of management regarding potential instances of non-

compliance; 

– reviewing RNS announcements; 

– reviewing legal and professional fees ledger accounts; 

– using local experts in the USA and the Netherlands to report on the good 

standing of the subsidiaries; and

– reviewing board minutes and other correspondence from management. 

  We also identified the risks of material misstatement of the financial 
statements due to fraud. We considered, in addition to the non-rebuttable 
presumption of a risk of fraud arising from management override of controls, 
whether key management judgements could include management bias was 
identified in relation to:

– the recognition of revenue and contract assets/liabilities in relation to the 

long-term contracts with customers; 

– the carrying value of the intangible assets (goodwill and acquired intangible 

as well as internally generated intangibles); and

– the valuation of the pension assets/liabilities. 

We addressed these as outlined in the Key audit matters section above. The 
potential for management bias also existed in the recognition of deferred tax 
assets, valuation of the hedging arrangements and share-based payments 
recognised in the year and audit procedures were performed in this regard to 
recalculate the balances with reference to the underlying agreements. 

  As in all of our audits, we addressed the risk of fraud arising from management 
override of controls by performing audit procedures which included, but 
were not limited to: the testing of journals; reviewing accounting estimates 
for evidence of bias; and evaluating the business rationale of any significant 
transactions that are unusual or outside the normal course of business.

  Compliance with laws and regulations at the subsidiary level was ensured 
through enquiry of management, communication with local specialists and 
review of correspondence for any instances of non-compliance. 

Because of the inherent limitations of an audit, there is a risk that we will not 
detect all irregularities, including those leading to a material misstatement 
in the financial statements or non-compliance with regulation. This risk 
increases the more that compliance with a law or regulation is removed from 
the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, as we will 
be less likely to become aware of instances of non-compliance. The risk is 
also greater regarding irregularities occurring due to fraud rather than error, 
as fraud involves intentional concealment, forgery, collusion, omission or 
misrepresentation.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our 
auditor’s report. 

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit 
work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members 
those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for 
no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or 
assume responsibility to anyone, other than the company and the company’s 
members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we 
have formed.

Mark Ling 
(Senior Statutory Auditor)

For and on behalf of PKF Littlejohn LLP 
Statutory Auditor

15 Westferry Circus 
Canary Wharf 
London E14 4HD

22 March 2023

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

55

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Consolidated income statement

for the year ended 31 December 2022

56

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Distribution expenses
Administrative expenses
Other operating expenses
Operating profit/(loss)
Financial income
Financial expenses
Net financing income/(expense)
Profit/(loss) before tax
Taxation
Profit/(loss) for the period
(Loss)/earnings per ordinary share
Basic
Diluted

Note

1

4,5

3

1,4

8

8

9

11

11

Underlying 
£m
97.7
(73.3)
24.4
(8.1)
(11.9)
(0.5)
3.9
–
(0.4)
(0.4)
3.5
(0.8)
2.7

2022

Non-underlying 
£m
–
–
–
–
(3.9)
–
(3.9)
0.6
–
0.6
(3.3)
0.2
(3.1)

Underlying 
£m
94.3
(65.4)
28.9
(6.8)
(12.4)
(0.9)
8.8
–
(0.2)
(0.2)
8.6
(0.7)
7.9

2021

Non-underlying 
£m
–
–
–
–
(0.5)
–
(0.5)
0.2
(0.1)
0.1
(0.4)
0.3
(0.1)

Total 
£m
97.7
(73.3)
24.4
(8.1)
(15.8)
(0.5)
–
0.6
(0.4)
0.2
0.2
(0.6)
(0.4)

(2.2)p
(2.2)p

Total 
£m
94.3
(65.4)
28.9
(6.8)
(12.9)
(0.9)
8.3
0.2
(0.3)
(0.1)
8.2
(0.4)
7.8

39.1p
38.1p

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Statement of comprehensive income

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Profit/(loss) for the period
Other comprehensive (expense)/income

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Actuarial (losses)/gains
Tax on items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Currency translation movements arising on foreign currency net investments
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges
Reclassified to income statement from hedge reserve

Other comprehensive (expense)/income for the period
Total comprehensive (expense)/income for the period

Note

24

9

26

26

Group

2022 
£m
(0.4)

(5.0)
1.3
(3.7)

2.1
(1.3)
–
0.8
(2.9)
(3.3)

2021 
£m
7.8

20.7
(7.9)
12.8

 (0.2)
(1.0)
(0.3)
(1.5)
11.3
19.1

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

57

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Statements of changes in equity

for the year ended 31 December 2022

58

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Balance at 1 January 2021
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
Total comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
Equity-settled share-based transactions
Purchase of own shares
Total transactions with owners, 
recorded directly in equity
Balance at 31 December 2021
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
Total comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
Equity-settled share-based transactions
Purchase of own shares
Total transactions with owners, 
recorded directly in equity
Balance at 31 December 2022

Note

24

24

25

Share 
capital 
£m
5.0
–

Share 
premium 
£m
26.0
–

Translation  
reserve 
£m
0.5
–

Group

Capital  
redemption  
reserve 
£m
3.9
–

Hedging  
reserve 
£m
0.8
–

Retained  
earnings 
£m
10.0
7.8

–

–
–
–

–
5.0
–

–

–
–
0.1

0.1
5.1

–

–
–
–

–
26.0
–

–

–
–
–

–
26.0

(0.2)

(0.2)
–
–

–
0.3
–

2.1

2.1
–
–

–
2.4

–

–
–
–

–
3.9
–

–

–
–
–

–
3.9

(1.3)

(1.3)
–
–

–
(0.5)
–

(1.3)

(1.3)
–
–

–
(1.8)

12.8

20.6
0.3
(0.2)

0.1
30.7
(0.4)

(3.7)

(4.1)
0.1
(0.1)

–
26.6

Total  
equity 
£m
46.2
7.8

11.3

19.1
0.3
(0.2)

0.1
65.4
(0.4)

(2.9)

(3.3)
0.1
–

0.1
62.2

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Balance at 1 January 2021
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
Total comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
Equity-settled share-based transactions
Purchase of own shares
Total transactions with owners, 
recorded directly in equity
Balance at 31 December 2021
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
Total comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
Equity-settled share-based transactions
Purchase of own shares
Total transactions with owners, 
recorded directly in equity
Balance at 31 December 2022

Note

24

24

25

Share 
capital 
£m
5.0
–

Share 
premium 
£m
26.0
–

Translation  
reserve 
£m
–
–

Company

Capital  
redemption  
reserve 
£m
3.9
–

Hedging  
reserve 
£m
–
–

Retained  
earnings 
£m
19.7
2.4

–

–
–
–

–
5.0
–

–

–
–
0.1

0.1
5.1

–

–
–
–

–
26.0
–

–

–
–
–

–
26.0

–

–
–
–

–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–
3.9
–

–

–
–
–

–
3.9

–

–
–
–

–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–
–

12.3

14.7
0.3
(0.2)

0.1
34.5
0.6

(3.3)

(2.7)
0.1
(0.1)

–
31.8

Total  
equity 
£m
54.6
2.4

12.3

14.7
0.3
(0.2)

0.1
69.4
0.6

(3.3)

(2.7)
0.1
–

0.1
66.8

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

59

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Statements of financial position

as at 31 December 2022

60

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Non-current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investment property
Right-of-use assets
Investments
Amounts owed by group undertakings
Employee benefits
Deferred tax assets 

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Current tax assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Current liabilities
Lease liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Provisions

Net current assets/(liabilities)
Total assets less current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
Employee benefits
Deferred tax liabilities
Lease liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Issued capital
Share premium
Reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity

Note

Group

2022 
£m

12

13

14

27

15

15

24

16 

17 

19

10

21

27

20

22

10

23

20 

24

16

27

1

25

25.4
4.0
0.8
5.0
–
–
31.5
1.3
68.0

9.6
47.3
0.6
4.2
61.7

(1.4)
(8.0)
(39.0)
(0.1)
(1.0)
(49.5)
12.2
80.2

(0.9)
(2.1)
(11.1)
(3.9)
(18.0)
62.2

5.1
26.0
2.1
29.0
62.2

2021 
£m

25.3
4.0
0.8
5.8
–
–
35.7
1.4
73.0

5.5
34.5
0.6
14.5
55.1

(1.8)
–
(39.5)
(0.7)
(0.6)
(42.6)
12.5
85.5

(0.9)
(2.5)
(12.5)
(4.2)
(20.1)
65.4

5.0
26.0
3.7
30.7
65.4

Company

2022 
£m

1.1
0.1
0.8
–
63.8
25.6
31.5
–
122.9

–
8.0
–
(0.3)
7.7

–
(8.0)
(43.9)
–
–
(51.9)
(44.2)
78.7

(0.9)
–
(11.0)
–
(11.9)
66.8

5.1
26.0
3.9
31.8
66.8

2021 
£m

1.3
0.2
0.8
–
63.8
14.2
35.7
–
116.0

–
4.7
–
4.0
8.7

–

(41.9)
–
–
(41.9)
(33.2)
82.8

(0.9)
–
(12.5)
–
(13.4)
69.4

5.0
26.0
3.9
34.5
69.4

The parent company has taken the exemption conferred by s.408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to publish the income statement of the parent company with 
these consolidated accounts. The parent company profit for the year was £0.6m (2021: £2.4m loss). These financial statements were approved by the Directors 
on 22 March 2023 and signed on their behalf by:

Tony Steels 
Director

Registered number: 124855

Will Wilkins 
Director

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

61

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Statements of cash flow

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Operating activities
Operating profit/(loss) 
Non-underlying items included in operating profit
Amortisation of internally developed intangible assets
Depreciation
Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment
Other non-cash items
Pension payments
Working capital movements:
– increase in inventories
– increase in contract assets
– (increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables
– increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables
– increase/(decrease) in provisions
– decrease in contract liabilities
Cash flows from continuing operations before reorganisation
Acquisition and reorganisation costs paid
Cash flows from operations
Taxation (paid)/received

Cash flows from/(used in) operating activities
Investing activities
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 
Capitalised development expenditure
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
Loans to subsidiaries
Payment of deferred consideration
Cash flows used in investing activities
Financing activities
Interest paid
Purchase of own shares

Proceeds from borrowings

Principal elements of lease payments
Cash flows used in financing activities
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

Cash and cash equivalents as at 31 December comprise:
Cash at bank and in hand
Bank overdrafts

Note

5

12

13,27

13

24

12

13

21

Group

2022 
£m

–
3.9
0.9
2.0
–
0.2
(2.1)

(3.7)
(5.9)
(6.3)
1.7
0.5
(4.0)
(12.8)
(0.8)
(13.6)
(0.4)

(14.0)

–
(1.4)
(1.0)
–
(0.8)
(3.2)

(0.3)
–
8.0

(1.1)
6.6
(10.6)
14.5
0.3
4.2

Group

2022 
£m

4.5
(0.3)
4.2

2021 
£m

8.3
0.5
0.6
1.8
0.1
0.3
(2.6)

(2.2)
(4.4)
1.0
(1.1)
(0.8)
(0.7)
0.8
(0.3)
0.5
(0.1)

0.4

2.0
(0.2)
(1.5)
–
(0.6)
(0.3)

(0.3)
(0.2)

–

(0.9)
(1.4)
(1.3)
15.5
0.3
14.5

2021 
£m

14.5
–
14.5

Company

2022 
£m

(0.3)
1.4
0.3
0.1
–
0.1
(2.0)

–
–
(2.7)
0.9
–
–
(2.2)
(0.3)
(2.5)
–

(2.5)

–
–
–
(10.6)
–
(10.6)

(0.3)
–
8.0

–
7.7
(5.4)
4.0
1.1
(0.3)

Company

2022 
£m

–
(0.3)
(0.3)

2021 
£m

1.6
(1.5)
0.4
0.1
–
0.3
(2.3)

–
–
–
3.7
–
–
2.3
(0.2)
2.1
–

2.1

1.8
–
(0.1)
(3.0)
–
(1.3)

–
(0.2)

–

–
(0.2)
0.6
3.4
–
4.0

2021 
£m

4.0
–
4.0

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Accounting policies

62

The significant accounting policies as set out below apply to both the Group 
and Company financial statements, as appropriate.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Basis of accounting
Mpac Group plc (the ”Company”) is a company incorporated and domiciled in 
the UK. The Group financial statements consolidate those of the Company and 
its subsidiaries (together referred to as the Group).

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation 
of the financial statements is applicable law and UK-adopted international 
accounting standards and, as regards the Parent Company financial 
statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies 
Act 2006.

The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except 
that derivative financial instruments, principally forward foreign exchange 
contracts, are stated at fair value and non-current assets are stated at the lower 
of previous carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with international 
accounting standards requires the Directors to make judgements, estimates 
and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts 
of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. The estimates and assumptions are 
based on historical experience and other factors considered reasonable at the 
time, but actual results may differ from these estimates. Revisions to these 
estimates are made in the period in which they are recognised.

The accounting policies, presentation and methods of computation applied 
by the Group and Company in these financial statements are in the main 
consistent with those applied in the 2021 financial statements. No new 
accounting standards have been adopted in the year. A number of amendments 
to accounting standards became effective during the period, but did not have 
a material impact on the Group’s accounting policies.

IFRS 16 Leases
The Group leases various factories, equipment and cars. Rental contracts are 
typically made for fixed periods of three to five years for equipment and 10-
20 years for properties. These may have extension options. Lease terms are 
negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms 
and conditions. The lease agreements do not impose any covenants, but leased 
assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes. An assessment of 
how likely it is for the option to extend the lease to be exercised is performed 
and if it is determined that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise the 
option then the term covered by the option is included in the lease term.

Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability 
at the lease commencement date. Each lease payment is allocated between 
the liability and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over 
the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the 
remaining balance of the liability for each period. The right-of-use asset is 
depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a 
straight-line basis.

IFRS 16 requires the capital element of the leases to be disclosed as a financing 
cost, with the amortisation of the assets being treated as a non-cash item.

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present 
value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease 
payments (where they exist within a lease):

  fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease 
incentives receivable;

  variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate;

  amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value 
guarantees;

  the exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain to 
exercise that option; and

  payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the 
lessee exercising that option.

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. 
If that rate cannot be determined, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is 
used, being the rate that the lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds 
necessary to obtain an asset of similar value in a similar economic environment 
with similar terms and conditions.

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, comprising the following:

  the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability;

  any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any 
lease incentives received;

  any initial direct costs; and

  restoration costs.

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets 
are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-
term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets 
comprise small items of workshop equipment, office furniture and machines.

Derivative financial instruments
The Group’s derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value and are 
summarised below.

The Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts to mitigate exchange rate 
exposure arising from forecast trade receivables in currencies other than the 
functional currency of the operating entity.

Hedge effectiveness is determined at inception of the hedge relationship and 
at every reporting year end through the assessment of the hedged items and 
hedging instrument to determine whether there is still an economic relationship 
between the two.

The critical terms of the foreign currency forwards entered into exactly match 
the terms of the hedged item.

Hedge ineffectiveness may arise if the critical terms of the forecast transaction no 
longer meet those of the hedging instrument, for example, if there was a change in 
the timing of the forecast transactions from what was initially estimated.

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

63

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

The hedged items and the hedging instrument are denominated in the same 
currency and, as a result, the hedging ratio is always one to one. All forward 
exchange contracts had been designated as hedging instruments in cash flow 
hedges under IFRS 9.

All derivative financial instruments used for hedge accounting are recognised 
initially at fair value and reported subsequently at fair value in the statement of 
financial position.

To the extent that the hedge is effective, changes in the fair value of derivatives 
designated as hedging instruments in cash flow hedges are recognised in other 
comprehensive income and included within the cash flow hedge reserve in 
equity. Any ineffectiveness in the hedge relationship is recognised immediately 
in the income statement.

At the time the hedged item affects profit or loss, any gain or loss previously 
recognised in other comprehensive income is reclassified from equity to 
profit or loss and presented as a reclassification adjustment within other 
comprehensive income.

If a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, any related gain or loss 
recognised in other comprehensive income is transferred immediately to the 
income statement. If the hedging relationship ceases to meet the effectiveness 
conditions, hedge accounting is discontinued, and the related gain or loss is 
held in the equity reserve until the forecast transaction occurs.

Non-underlying items and alternative performance measures
Non-underlying items are income and expenditure that, because of the 
nature of the item, merit separate presentation in the income statement to 
allow a better understanding of the Group’s financial performance by 
facilitating comparisons with prior periods and assessments of trends in 
financial performance.

Non-underlying items may include, but are not limited to, the impact on the 
income statement of the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes including 
administration charges and pension interest, acquisition or disposal costs and 
the amortisation of acquired intangible assets, significant reorganisation costs, 
profits or losses arising on discontinued operations, significant impairments of 
tangible or intangible assets and related taxation. The Group elects to include 
costs relating to the defined benefit pension scheme in non-underlying as there 
is only one active employee of the Group in the scheme, so the costs would be 
immaterial to the Group should the scheme not exist.

Accordingly, the Group uses alternative performance measures (“APMs”), in 
addition to those reported under IFRS, as management believe these measures 
enable the users of these financial statements to better assess the underlying 
trading performance of the Group. The APMs used include underlying operating 
profit, underlying profit before tax and underlying earnings per share.

A full breakdown of non-underlying items is provided in note 5 to the financial 
statements, and a reconciliation of underlying profit back to the closest IFRS 
measure is provided as part of note 11, which also includes a reconciliation of 
underlying EPS back to its closest IFRS measure.

Recent accounting developments
At the date of this report, there were no new standards in issue which were 
relevant to the Group and Company.

Going concern
The Group’s activities together with the factors likely to affect its future 
development, performance and position are described within the Operating 
review on pages 9 to 13, Financial review on pages 14 to 16 and in the Principal 
risks and uncertainties on pages 17 to 21.

The Directors have considered the trading outlook of the Group and Company 
for a 24 month period ending 31 December 2024, its financial position, including 
its cash resources and access to borrowings, as set out in the Financial review 
on pages 14 to 16 and in note 20 to the accounts on page 81, and its continuing 
obligations, including to its defined benefit pension schemes, details of which 
are set out in note 24 to the accounts on pages 83 to 87. Having made due 
enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group and 
Company has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future.

For this reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the 
financial statements.

Basis of consolidation
The Group financial statements comprise the consolidated results of the 
Company and all of its subsidiary companies together with the Group’s share 
of the results of its associated companies on an equity accounting basis. 
A separate income statement dealing only with the results of the Company 
has not been presented in accordance with section 408 of the Companies 
Act 2006.

A subsidiary is a company controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Group. Control 
is the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the subsidiary 
company so as to obtain benefits from its activities. A subsidiary’s results 
are included in the Group financial statements from the date that control 
commences until the date that control ceases.

Intra-group balances and any unrealised gains and losses or income and 
expenses arising from intra-group transactions are eliminated in preparing the 
consolidated financial statements.

Business combinations
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business 
combinations, regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets 
are acquired.

The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises the:

  fair values of the assets transferred;

  liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquired business;

  equity interests issued by the Group;

  fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration 
arrangement; and

  fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the subsidiary.

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a 
business combination are, with limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair 
values at the acquisition date.

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Accounting policies continued
Accounting policies continued

64

The excess of the:

  consideration transferred;

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

  amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity; and

  acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the 
acquired entity.

Over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as 
goodwill. Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the 
amounts payable in the future are discounted to their present value as at the 
date of exchange. The discount rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing 
rate, being the rate at which a similar borrowing could be obtained from an 
independent financier under comparable terms and conditions.

Contingent consideration is classified as a financial liability. Amounts classified 
as a financial liability are subsequently remeasured to fair value with changes in 
fair value recognised in profit or loss.

Foreign currency
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the foreign exchange 
rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies at the statement of financial position date 
are translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. Foreign exchange 
differences arising on translation are recognised in the income statement. 
Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms of historical 
cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date 
of the transaction. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies that are stated at fair value are translated at foreign exchange rates 
ruling at the date the fair value was determined.

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value 
adjustments arising on consolidation, are translated at foreign exchange rates 
ruling at the statement of financial position date.

The revenues and expenses of foreign operations are translated at an average 
rate for the year where this rate approximates to the foreign exchange rates 
ruling at the dates of the transactions.

Exchange differences arising from the translation of foreign operations, and of 
related qualifying hedges, are taken directly to the translation reserve. They are 
released into the income statement upon disposal.

Goodwill
Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of the cost of 
acquisition over the Group’s interest in the fair value of the identifiable 
assets and liabilities of the subsidiary or associated undertaking at the date 
of acquisition.

Goodwill is recognised as an asset and is not amortised but is reviewed for 
impairment at least annually on the basis of its value in use. Any impairment is 
recognised immediately through the income statement and is not subsequently 
reversed. Impairment losses recognised are allocated first to reduce the 
carrying value of the goodwill the business relates to, and then to reduce the 
carrying value of the other assets of that business on a pro-rata basis.

Annual impairment reviews of goodwill are undertaken and are determined 
from value in use calculations for each cash generating unit (“CGU”) using 
cash flow projections based on the latest three-year plan approved by the 
Board. The key assumptions for the value in use calculations are those 
regarding discount rates, growth rates and expected changes to selling prices 
and direct costs during the period and are consistent with external sources of 
information and the Board's view of long-term growth. Cash flows beyond the 
period of the projections are extrapolated at growth rates that do not exceed 
the long-term average growth rate for the relevant countries. The discount 
rate applied to the cash flow forecasts for each CGU is based on a market 
participant’s pre-tax weighted average cost of capital of between 12.7% to 
13.9%, dependent on the CGU being assessed (2021: 12.4% to 16.4%).

On disposal of a subsidiary or associated undertaking, the attributable amount 
of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

Research and development
Research and development and related product development costs are charged 
to the income statement in the year in which they are incurred unless they 
are specifically chargeable to and recoverable from customers under agreed 
contract terms or the expenditure meets the criteria for capitalisation.

Where the expenditure relates to the development of a new product for which 
the technical feasibility and commercial viability of the product is identified, 
where development costs can be measured reliably and where future economic 
benefits are probable, development costs are capitalised and amortised over 
their useful economic lives, up to a maximum of ten years. The expenditure 
capitalised includes costs of materials, direct labour and an appropriate 
proportion of overheads. Such intangible assets are assessed for indicators 
of impairment at least annually and any impairment is charged to the 
income statement.

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets are valued at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
impairment charges and amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated 
useful economic life which is set on an item by item basis. All intangible assets 
are tested for indicators of impairment at least annually and any impairment is 
charged to the income statement.

The estimated useful economic lives of the Group's intangible assets are as follows:

Acquired intangible assets  – 8 to 10 years
– 3 to 10 years
Product development 
– 5 years
Software development 

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

65

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost or deemed cost less 
accumulated depreciation and any provision for impairment in value.

Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis to write off the cost, less the 
estimated residual value, of property, plant and equipment over its estimated 
useful life.

The annual depreciation rates used are as follows:

Freehold land 
– nil
Freehold buildings 
– 3% on cost or deemed cost
Leasehold property 
– over life of lease
Plant and machinery 
– 8% to 25%
Fixtures, fittings and vehicles – 10% to 33%

The carrying value of property, plant and equipment is reviewed at least 
annually for indicators of impairment. Any change in value arising from 
impairment is charged or credited (up to the carrying value prior to any previous 
impairment) to the income statement for the year.

The useful lives and residual value of the Group's fixed assets are reviewed at 
least annually.

Certain items of property that had been revalued to fair value on or prior to 
1 January 2004, the date of transition to IFRS, are measured on the basis of 
deemed cost, being the revalued amount at the date of the revaluation.

Investment property
Investment property, which is property held to earn rentals and/or for capital 
appreciation, is stated at cost. Depreciation is based on cost less residual 
value over its estimated useful life. Where the expected residual value exceeds 
cost no depreciation is provided. Investment property is valued annually for 
monitoring purposes only.

Investments
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are held at cost less provision for 
any impairment in value. The carrying value of investments in subsidiary 
undertakings are reviewed at least annually for indicators of impairment.

Revenue and contracts
Revenue
Revenue represents income derived from contracts for the provision of goods 
and services by the Group and its subsidiary undertakings to customers in 
exchange for consideration in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities.

Revenue is recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement when the 
performance obligations in the contract with the customer are met.

Performance obligations
A proportion of the Group’s contracts recognised over time comprise a 
variety of promises within the contracts, including, but not limited to, design 
and engineering, procurement, machinery testing, delivery, installation and 
commissioning and after sales services.

Under IFRS 15, the Group must evaluate the separability of the promised goods 
or services based on whether they are ‘distinct’. A promised good or service is 
‘distinct’ if both:

  the customer benefits from the item either on its own or together with other 
readily available resources; and

  it is separately identifiable (i.e. the Group does not provide a significant 
service integrating, modifying or customising it).

It is the Group’s judgement that the vast majority of promises included within 
contracts to customers are not distinct because a customer cannot benefit 
from certain promises being fulfilled without others; therefore, promises are 
bundled into set performance obligations. For the majority of contracts, 
design, procurement, engineering and manufacture are considered to be 
one performance obligation, installation and commissioning are considered 
to be one performance obligation and after sales contracts are generally 
negotiated and entered into at a later date and considered to be a separable 
performance obligation. 

Where contracts include more than one performance obligation, the transaction 
price is allocated on a relative stand-alone selling price basis. The stand-alone 
selling price is normally determined based on the observable price of a good 
or service when the Group sells that good or service separately in similar 
circumstances and to similar customers. If an observable price is not available, 
the stand-alone selling price is determined based on an expected cost plus 
margin approach.

Transaction price
At the start of the contract, the total transaction price is estimated as the 
amount of consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange 
for transferring the promised goods and services to the customer, excluding 
sales taxes. The transaction price does not include estimates of consideration 
resulting from contract modifications, such as change orders, until they have 
been approved by the parties to the contract.

The transaction price is calculated after taking into account variable 
consideration. Variable consideration includes, but is not limited to rebates 
and penalties.

In determining the transaction price, variable consideration linked to potential 
penalties or rebates arising under the terms of a contract is included only to 
the extent it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the amount of 
cumulative revenue recognised will not occur when the uncertainty associated 
with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. Variable consideration 
is estimated using the “most likely amount” method.

Product warranties are included as part of the standard terms and conditions of 
the majority of contracts; however, are not sold separately and; therefore, do not 
constitute a separate performance obligation. Product warranty provisions are 
accounted for based on historical data and a weighting of all possible outcomes 
against their associated possibilities.

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Accounting policies continued
Accounting policies continued

66

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Revenue and profit recognition
Revenue is recognised as performance obligations are satisfied as control of 
the goods and services is transferred to the customer. For each performance 
obligation within a contract, the Group determines whether it is satisfied over 
time or at a point in time. Performance obligations are satisfied over time if one 
of the following criteria is satisfied:

  the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided 
by the Group’s performance as it performs;

  the Group’s performance creates or enhances an asset that the customer 
controls as the asset is created or enhanced; or

  the Group’s performance does not create an asset with an alternative use 
to the Group and it has an enforceable right to payment for performance 
completed to date.

With the exception of the supply of spare parts, installation services and certain 
other service-based contracts, all of Mpac’s contracts are accounted for over 
time. Supply of spare parts and installation services are recognised once the 
supply or service is complete. Those recognised over time satisfy the third 
criteria, above.

For each performance obligation to be recognised over time, the Group 
recognises revenue using an input method, based on labour hours incurred 
in the period. Labour hours have been selected as the most faithful depiction 
of progress (and hence the transfer of goods and services) as this most 
accurately reflects how Mpac provides value to the customer. Mpac delivers 
innovative, efficient, and technically robust solutions, with the time allocated 
to projects of Mpac engineers and technicians being the main driver to 
bring projects to fruition. Material costs incurred are not considered to be 
proportionate to the Group’s progress in satisfying progress on contracts for 
which revenue is recognised over time and therefore revenue in respect of 
materials is recognised at an amount equal to the cost of good used to 
satisfy the performance obligation. Material costs are recognised on 
contracts as incurred. 

Revenue and attributable margin are calculated by reference to reliable 
estimates of the total labour hours and labour hours to be incurred, after 
making suitable allowances for technical and other risks. Revenue and 
associated margin are therefore recognised progressively as labour hours are 
incurred, and as risks have been mitigated or retired. The Group has determined 
that this method faithfully depicts the Group’s performance in transferring 
control of the goods and services to the customer.

If the over time criteria for revenue recognition are not met, revenue is 
recognised at the point in time that control is transferred to the customer, 
which is usually when legal title passes to the customer and the business has 
the right to payment, for example, on delivery.

Contract modifications
The Group’s contracts are often amended for changes in customers’ 
requirements and specifications. A contract modification exists when the 
parties to the contract approve a modification that either changes existing 
or creates new enforceable rights and obligations. The effect of a contract 
modification on the transaction price and the Group’s measure of progress 
towards the satisfaction of the performance obligation to which it relates is 
recognised in one of the following ways:

1.  prospectively as an additional, separate contract;

2.  prospectively as a termination of the existing contract and creation of a 

new contract; or

3.  as part of the original contract using a cumulative catch-up.

The majority of the Group’s contract modifications are treated under 3 (for 
example, a change in the specification of the distinct goods or services for a 
partially completed contract), although the facts and circumstances of any 
contract modification are considered individually as the types of modifications 
will vary contract-by-contract and may result in different accounting outcomes.

Costs to obtain a contract
The Group does not typically incur costs to obtain contracts that it would not 
have incurred had the contracts not been awarded, such as sales commission.

Costs to fulfil a contract
Contract fulfilment costs in respect of over time contracts are expensed as 
incurred. Contract fulfilment costs in respect of point in time contracts are 
accounted for under IFRS 15.95 and are recognised as contract fulfilment 
assets providing they: 

  are not within the scope of other standards; 

  relate directly to a contract (or an anticipated contract); 

  generate or enhance resources that will be used in satisfying performance 
obligations in the future; and

  are expected to be recovered from the customer.

Contract fulfilment assets are expensed at the point the corresponding revenue 
is recognised. 

Where assets have been recognised in respect of costs to fulfil a contract, 
these are tested for impairment under IFRS 15.

Contract assets
A contract asset is a right to consideration conditional on something other than 
the passage of time. Contract assets are tested for impairment under IFRS 9.

Contract liabilities
The contract liabilities represent the obligation to transfer goods or services to 
a customer for which consideration has been received, or consideration is due, 
from the customer.

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

67

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Inventories
Inventories includes raw materials, work in progress and finished goods 
recognised in accordance with IAS 2 in respect of contracts with customers 
which have been determined to fulfil the criteria for point in time revenue 
recognition under IFRS 15. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, including 
all relevant overhead expenditure, and net realisable value. 

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and short-term fixed 
deposits, and for the statements of cash flows they also include bank 
overdrafts. Short-term deposits all have a maturity of less than 3 months 
from the date of acquisition.

Share capital
When share capital is repurchased, the amount of consideration paid, including 
directly attributable costs, is recognised as a change in equity. Repurchased 
shares are classified as treasury shares and presented as a deduction from 
total equity.

Preference share capital is classified as a liability as dividend payments are 
not discretionary.

Dividends on the preference shares are disclosed as interest charges, are 
recognised as a liability and are accounted for on an accruals basis. Dividends 
on ordinary shares are only recognised in the period in which they are paid.

Financial instruments
IFRS 9 Financial instruments requires the classification of financial instruments 
into different types for which the accounting requirement is different. The 
Group has classified its financial instruments as follows:

  short-term fixed deposits, principally comprising funds held with banks and 
other financial institutions;

  trade and other receivables are held at amortised cost;

  trade and other payables are held at amortised cost;

  borrowings are classified as other liabilities held at amortised cost; and

  derivatives, comprising forward foreign exchange contracts and the deferred 
contingent consideration on acquisition are classified as instruments with fair 
value through profit or loss.

Financial instruments are initially measured at fair value. Their subsequent 
measurement depends on their classification:

  loans and receivables and other liabilities are held at amortised cost; and

  instruments that are measured at fair value through profit or loss. Changes 
in fair value are included in the income statement unless the instrument is 
included in a cash flow hedge.

The Group applies cash flow hedge accounting to forward foreign exchange 
contracts, held to reduce the exposure to movements in the future value of 
foreign currency receipts and payments.

For those contracts included in an effective cash flow hedging relationship, 
changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument are recognised in other 
comprehensive income and taken to equity. When the hedged forecast 
transaction occurs, amounts previously recorded in equity are recognised in the 
income statement. Any ineffectiveness in the hedging arrangement is included 
in the income statement.

Trade and other receivables and contract assets
The Group makes use of a simplified approach in accounting for trade and other 
receivables as well as contract assets, recording the loss allowance as lifetime 
expected credit losses. These are the expected shortfalls in contractual cash 
flows, considering the potential for default at any point during the life of the 
financial instrument. In calculating the lifetime credit losses, the Group uses 
its historical experience, external indicators and forward looking information to 
calculate the expected losses. Refer to note 26 for further details.

Post-retirement and other employee benefits
The Group and Company account for pensions and other post-retirement 
benefits under IAS 19 Employee benefits.

For defined benefit schemes, the net obligation is calculated separately for 
each scheme by estimating the amount of future benefits that employees have 
earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods. The benefit 
is discounted to determine its present value, and the fair value of the schemes’ 
assets (at bid price) is deducted. The liability discount rate is either the yield 
at the statement of financial position date on AA credit rated bonds that have 
maturity dates approximating to the terms of the obligations or by a cash flow 
matching method reflecting the duration of the liabilities, whichever more 
accurately reflects the schemes’ pattern of cash flows. The calculations are 
performed by qualified actuaries using the projected unit credit method. The 
expense of administering the pension schemes and financing income/expense 
of the schemes are recognised in the income statement. Past service costs/
credits and curtailment costs/credits are recognised in the periods in which 
they arise. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in the period in which they 
arise in other comprehensive income.

Payments to defined contribution schemes are charged to the income 
statement as incurred.

The net obligation in respect of long-term service benefits, other than pension 
plans, is the amount of the future benefit that employees have earned in return 
for their service in the current and prior periods. Obligations are measured at 
their present value.

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Accounting policies continued
Accounting policies continued

68

Share-based payments
The Group has applied the requirements of IFRS 2 Share- based payments.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees. 
These are measured at their fair value at the date of grant and are expensed 
on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on an estimate of the 
number of shares that will eventually vest, and adjusted for the effect of non-
market related conditions.

Charges made to the income statement in respect of share-based payments 
are credited to retained earnings.

Provisions
A provision is recognised when the Group has a legal or constructive obligation 
as a result of a past event and it is probable that an outflow of economic 
benefits will be required to settle the obligation.

Interest receivable
Interest receivable is recognised in the income statement using the effective 
interest method as defined in IFRS 9 Financial instruments.

Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or 
production of qualifying assets are added to the cost of those assets.

All other borrowing costs are recognised in the income statement in the period 
in which they are incurred.

Taxation
Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is 
recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items 
recognised in other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised in the 
statements of comprehensive income, or to items recorded directly in equity in 
which case it is recorded directly in equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, 
using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial 
position date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences 
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial 
statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of 
taxable profit and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method.

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary 
differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is 
probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary 
differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the 
temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill; the initial 
recognition of other assets and liabilities that affect neither the taxable profit nor 
the accounting profit; and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to 
the extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet 
date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient 
taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the 
period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised based on tax laws and 
rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet 
date. Deferred tax is charged or credited to the income statement, except when 
it relates to items charged or credited in other comprehensive income, in which 
case the deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable 
right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they 
relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group 
intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Government grants
Grants from the government are recognised at their fair value where there is a 
reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and the Group will comply 
with all attached conditions. Government grants relating to costs are deferred 
and recognised in profit or loss over the period necessary to match them with 
the costs that they are intended to compensate. The Group benefited from a 
number of Covid-related grants in the course of 2021 including the ‘Coronavirus 
Job Retention Scheme’ in the UK and the equivalent schemes in the countries 
in which it operates. No deferred amounts remain.

Operating segments
An operating segment is a component of the Group that is engaged in business 
activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, and for which 
discrete financial information is available. All operating segments’ results are 
regularly reviewed by the Group’s chief operating decision maker, which is the 
Board of Directors, in order to assess performance and make decisions about 
the allocation of resources to each segment.

Errors
Where errors are discovered in respect of prior periods, adjustments are 
made in accordance with IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting 
Estimates and Errors and revised statements are presented as required. 
Where adjustments are made, the heading at the top of the note will state 
‘Restated’ and a separate note detailing the nature, amount of correction and a 
reconciliation between the balances provided. Where appropriate, a statement 
of financial position for the opening position will be presented.

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Notes to the accounts

1.  Revenue and operating segments
All revenue information is prepared in accordance with the Group accounting policies shown on pages 62 to 68.

The following is a description of the principal activities, separated by reportable segments, from which the Group generates its revenue. The Board identifies the 
reportable segments as the ones for which it regularly reviews financial information to assess their performance and make decisions around strategy and resource 
allocation.  

Original Equipment (”OE”)
The OE segments of the Group principally generate revenue from the make, pack and test of high-speed packaging solutions, first-of-a-kind machinery and high 
specification automation, secondary packaging equipment and at line instrumentation solutions. The typical length of a contract for OE Equipment is 4 to 12 
months but may be up to 36 months. The contracts are accounted for over time unless the installation and commissioning consideration of the contact is a distinct 
performance obligation that could be undertaken by a third party, in which case the contract is disaggregated with the equipment consideration recognised over 
time and the installation consideration is recognised at a point in time. Where contracts are recognised over time, the consideration recognised is based on an 
estimate of labour costs completed at the statement of financial position date as a proportion of total expected labour costs for the contract.

Service
The Service segment of the Group generates revenue from sales of spare parts and providing service engineers and support staff to customers enabling them 
to maximise the benefits of their high-speed packaging solutions, first-of-a-kind machinery and high-specification automation, secondary packaging equipment, 
end-of-line robotics and at line instrumentation solutions. Service contracts are usually short-term contracts and either have a fixed price or are based on time 
and materials.

The Group’s revenue reflects the basis of the Group’s management and internal reporting structure. A commentary on the performance of the operating segments 
during the year is provided in the Operating review on pages 9 to 13.

In the following table, revenue is disaggregated by primary geographical market, major product lines, sector and timing of revenue recognition.

Disaggregation of revenue

Sector
Clean Energy
Healthcare
Food and beverage
Other
Total

Timing of revenue recognition
Products and services transferred at a point in time
Products and services transferred over time
Total

2022 
£m

11.1
30.1
45.7
10.8
97.7

24.3
73.4
97.7

2021 
£m

2.6
29.2
45.3
17.2
94.3

19.3
75.0
94.3

The Group disaggregates revenue of OE and Service, together with the regional split, Americas, EMEA and Asia Pacific.

Information regarding the results of each operating segment is included overleaf. Performance is measured based on underlying segment gross profit. Unallocated 
items comprise distribution and administrative expenditure. The unallocated items are excluded from segment profit or loss as they are not region specific.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

69

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

70

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notes to the accounts continued

1.  Revenue and operating segments continued
The measurement of segment assets and liabilities excludes central items that are not allocated to the regions. Unallocated items comprise mainly of goodwill and 
acquired intangible assets, net debt/funds (excluding the lease liabilities), pension assets/liabilities, taxation balances and net liabilities attributable to the Group’s 
Head Office.

Segment capital expenditure is the total cost incurred during the year to acquire segment assets that are expected to be used for more than one period.

Segment information

Revenue
Americas
EMEA
Asia Pacific
Total
Gross profit
Selling, distribution and administration
Underlying operating profit
Unallocated non-underlying items included 
in operating profit
Operating profit/(loss)
Net financing income/(expense)
Profit/(loss) before tax

Americas
EMEA
Asia
Total
Unallocated net assets
Total net assets

OE 
£m

40.9
27.8
5.9
74.6
14.5

2022

Service 
£m

11.9
9.7
1.5
23.1
9.9

Segment 
assets
28.4
46.3
0.6
75.3

2022

Segment 
liabilities
(18.0)
(46.1)
(0.2)
(64.3)

Total 
£m

52.8
37.5
7.4
97.7
24.4
(20.5)
3.9

(3.9)
–
0.2
0.2

Segment  

net assets
10.4
0.2
0.4
11.0
51.2
62.2

OE 
£m

53.4
17.4
3.3
74.1
20.3

2021

Service 
£m

9.9
9.3
1.0
20.2
8.6

Segment 
assets
35.1
28.7
0.5
64.3

2021

Segment 
liabilities
(20.4)
(25.2)
(0.3)
(45.9)

Total 
£m

63.3
26.7
4.3
94.3
28.9
(20.1)
8.8

(0.5)
8.3
(0.1)
8.2

Segment  

net assets
14.7
3.5
0.2
18.4
47.0
65.4

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
1.  Revenue and operating segments continued
Geographical information

Revenue
UK
Europe (excl. UK)
Africa and Middle East
USA

Americas (excl. USA)
Asia Pacific

Non-current assets (excluding taxation balances)
UK
Canada and USA
Rest of the world

2022 
£m
9.2
26.7
1.6
45.8

7.0
7.4
97.7

By location of customer

2022 
%
9
27
2
47

7
8
100

2021 
£m
7.7
17.2
0.7
56.9

7.2
4.6
94.3

By location of assets

2022 
£m
53.2
6.7
8.1
68.0

 2021 
%
8
18
1
61

7
5
100

2021 
£m
50.1
15.7
5.8
71.6

2.  Major customers
In 2022, the Group generated 22.9% (2021: 16.7%) of revenue from two customers. The most significant customer accounted for 11.4% (2021: 10.0%) of Group 
revenue. The sales constituted both equipment and service, and were spread across a number of different geographic regions.

3.  Other operating expenses

Research and development costs (expensed as incurred)

2022 
£m
0.5

2021 
£m
0.9

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

71

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Notes to the accounts continued

72

4.  Operating profit

2022 
£m

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Operating profit is arrived at after charging/(crediting):
Amortisation of software and product development (Note 12)
Depreciation of owned assets (Note 13)
Depreciation of right of use assets (Note 27)
Employee benefits (Company £1.9m; 2021: £2.1m) (Note 6)
Cost of inventories recognised as an expense
Government grants
(Profit)/loss on sale of fixed assets (Note 13)
Distribution and transport costs
Operating lease charges
Sales, marketing and office expenses
Product development expensed
Administrative expenses
Non-underlying release of deferred contingent consideration (Note 5)
Non-underlying amortisation of acquired intangible assets (Note 12)
Non-underlying profit on sales of fixed assets (Note 5)
Other non-underlying items (Note 5)
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s annual Financial Statements
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
Other fees paid to the current auditor
– audit related assurance services*
– taxation compliance services**
* Audit related assurance services include £30,000 (2021: £31,000) for the review of the half-year report.
** Taxation compliance services were performed by the previous auditor at a cost of £22,000 in 2021. The current auditor does not provide non-audit services to the Group.

0.9
0.9
1.1
30.1
40.1
–
–
1.7
1.2
6.4
0.5
11.9
–
1.6
–
2.3
0.1
0.3

–
–

5.  Non-underlying items

Non-underlying items
Acquisition costs
Reorganisation costs
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
Profit on disposal of Coventry facility
Defined benefit pension schemes administration costs
Release of deferred contingent consideration
Total non-underlying operating expenditure
Interest on deferred and contingent acquisition consideration
Net financing income on pension scheme balances
Total non-underlying expense before tax
Deferred tax on pension scheme costs
Total non-underlying expense after tax

2022 
£m

(0.3)
(0.6)
(1.6)
–
(1.4)
–
(3.9)
–
0.6
(3.3)
0.2
(3.1)

2021 
£m

0.6
0.9
0.9
29.0
32.0
(0.4)
0.1
1.3
1.0
5.5
0.9
13.3
(2.4)
1.6
(0.3)
1.6
0.1
0.3

–
–

2021 
£m

(0.4)
–
(1.6)
0.3
(1.2)
2.4
(0.5)
(0.1)
0.2
(0.4)
0.3
(0.1)

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

73

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

5.  Non-underlying items continued
The Group uses alternative performance measures (“APMs”), in addition to those reported under IFRS, as management believe these measures enable the users 
of financial statements to assess the underlying trading performance of the business. The APMs used include underlying operating profit, underlying profit before 
tax and underlying earnings per share. These measures are calculated using the relevant IFRS measure as adjusted for non-underlying income/(expenditure) 
listed above. No Covid-related items are considered non-underlying.

6.  Employee information

The number of people employed by the Group was:
Americas
EMEA
Asia Pacific
Head Office
Total 

The number of people employed by the Company in EMEA was:

Employment costs were:
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Employee benefits
– defined contribution schemes
– equity-settled share-based transactions

Period end

2022

131
297
13
17
458

Period end

2022
17

Group

2022

24.7
3.4

1.9
0.1
30.1

2021

147
302
13
14
476

2021
14

2021

23.8
3.2

1.7
0.3
29.0

Average

2022

142
292
13
17
464

Average

2022
17

Company

2022

1.4
0.3

0.2
0.1
2.0

2021

139
302
13
12
466

2021
12

2021

1.4
0.2

0.2
0.3
2.1

The costs of the defined benefit pension schemes are disclosed in note 24.

£1.1m of employment costs were capitalised in the year in relation to product development, see note 12 for more information.

7.  Emoluments of Directors and interests in shares
Information on the emoluments of the Directors (page 37), together with information regarding the beneficial interests of the Directors and persons connected 
with them in the ordinary shares of the Company, is included in the Remuneration report on pages 37 to 39.

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

74

Notes to the accounts continued

8.  Net financing income

Financial income:
Amounts receivable on cash and cash equivalents
Net interest received on pension scheme balances

Financial expenses:
Preference dividends paid
Interest on deferred contingent consideration
Interest on borrowings
Lease interest (IFRS 16)

Net financing income

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Net interest received on pension scheme balances and interest on deferred consideration is included in non-underlying items.

9.  Taxation

Tax charge/(credit):
Current tax
Deferred tax
Total 

Included within the total taxation is a tax credit of £0.2m (2021: £0.2m) attributable to the non-underlying items set out in note 5.

Reconciliation of effective tax rate

Profit before tax

Income tax using the UK corporation tax rate of 25.00% (2021: 19.00%)
Research & development tax credits
Deferred tax movements on acquired intangible asset amortisation from increased future tax rate
Non-taxable release of deferred contingent consideration
Deferred tax movements on pension payments
Change in recognised deferred tax assets
Change in unrecognised deferred tax assets
Foreign tax charged at higher rates than UK corporation tax rate
Total charge/(credit)

2022 
£m

–
0.6
0.6

(0.1)
–
(0.2)
(0.1)
(0.4)
0.2

2022 
£m

0.3
0.3
0.6

2022 
£m
0.2

–
–
–
–
(0.2)
–
–
0.8
0.6

2021 
£m

–
0.2
0.2

(0.1)
(0.1)
–
(0.1)
(0.3)
(0.1)

2021 
£m

0.4
–
0.4

2021 
£m
8.2

1.5
(0.5)
0.4
(0.4)
(0.3)
(0.4)
(0.3)
0.4
0.4

The main rate of UK corporation tax is 25% (2021: 19%) as enacted in the Finance Act 2022. The rate of deferred tax liability arising from the surplus in respect of 
the UK defined benefit pension scheme is 35%.

In view of probable timing of the utilisation of brought forward losses, deferred tax assets have not been recognised on tax losses and timing differences in respect 
of the Group companies in the UK.

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

75

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

9.  Taxation continued
Factors that may affect future tax charges
The Finance Act 2021 increased the main rate of corporation tax to 25% from 1 April 2023. Closing deferred tax balances have therefore been valued at 25% (2021: 
25%) except for deferred tax on the UK defined benefit pension scheme asset, which has been valued at 35%.

Deferred tax charge/(credit) on items in other comprehensive (expense)/income

Arising from actuarial gains/(losses)

2022 
£m
(1.3)

2021 
£m
7.9

10.  Current tax assets and liabilities
Current tax assets of £0.6m (2021: £0.6m) and current tax liabilities of £0.1m (2021: £0.7m) for the Group, and current tax assets of £nil (2021: £nil) for the 
Company, represent the amount of income taxes recoverable and payable in respect of current and prior periods.

11.  Earnings per share
Basic earnings/(loss) per ordinary share
The calculation of basic earnings/(loss) per ordinary share is based upon the loss for the year of £0.4m (2021: profit of £7.8m) and the weighted average number of 
ordinary shares in issue during the year. The weighted average number of shares excludes shares held by the employee trust in respect of the Company’s deferred 
share plan arrangements.

Diluted earnings per ordinary share
The calculation of diluted earnings per ordinary share is based upon the loss for the year of £0.4m (2021: profit of £7.8m) and the diluted weighted average number 
of ordinary shares in issue during the year. The calculation of diluted earnings per ordinary share from continuing activities is based upon the loss for the period 
from continuing activities of £0.4m (2021: profit of £7.8m). For diluted earnings per ordinary share, the weighted average number of shares includes the diluting 
effect, if any, of own shares held by the employee trust. Where a loss is made in a period, the basic and diluted loss per share will be equal.

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (non-diluted) at 31 December
Effect of own shares and shares conditionally granted under the LTIP
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (diluted) at 31 December

2022
20,261,505
41,304
20,302,809

2021
19,920,895
531,118
20,452,013

Underlying and diluted underlying earnings per share
Underlying earnings per ordinary share and diluted underlying earnings per ordinary share, which are calculated on profit before non-underlying items, amounted 
to 13.3p (2021: 39.7p) in respect of underlying earnings per share and 13.3p (2021: 38.6p) in respect of diluted underlying earnings per share.

The calculations of underlying earnings per ordinary share and diluted underlying earnings per ordinary share are based upon an underlying profit for the period of 
£2.7m (2021: £7.9m) which is calculated as follows:

(Loss) / Profit for the period
Non-underlying items (net of tax)
Underlying profit for the period

2022 
£m
(0.4)
3.1
2.7

2021 
£m
7.8
0.1
7.9

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Notes to the accounts continued

76

12.  Intangible assets

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Cost:
Balance at 1 January 2021
Additions
Disposals
Reclassification
Retranslation
Balance at 31 December 2021
Additions
Disposals
Reclassification
Retranslation
Balance at 31 December 2022

Amortisation and impairment losses:
Balance at 1 January 2021

Amortisation for the period
Disposals
Reclassification
Retranslation
Balance at 31 December 2021
Amortisation for the period
Disposals
Reclassification
Retranslation
Balance at 31 December 2022

Carrying amounts:
At 31 December 2021
At 31 December 2022

Group

Acquired  
intangible  
assets 
£m

Product 
develop-

ment  
£m

Software 
develop-

ment  
£m

Assets 
under 
construction 
£m

Goodwill 
£m

13.2
–
–
–
–
13.2
–
–
–
–
13.2

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

13.2
13.2

13.1
–
–
–
–
13.1
–
–
–
1.1
14.2

2.5

1.6
–
–
–
4.1
1.6
–
–
–
5.7

9.0
8.5

4.8
0.2
(1.2)
–
–
3.8
1.2
–
–
0.3
5.3

3.4

0.2
(1.2)
–
0.1
2.5
0.6
–
–
0.2
3.3

1.3
2.0

2.8
–
–
–
–
2.8
0.2
–
0.2
–
3.2

0.6

0.4
–
–
–
1.0
0.3
–
0.2
–
1.5

1.8
1.7

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

Software 
develop-

ment  
£m

Company

Assets 
under 
construction 
£m

Total 
£m

1.8
–
–
–
–
1.8
0.1
–
–
–
1.9

0.1

0.4
–
–
–
0.5
0.3
–
–
–
0.8

1.3
1.1

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

1.8
–
–
–
–
1.8
0.1
–
–
–
1.9

0.1

0.4
–
–
–
0.5
0.3
–
–
–
0.8

1.3
1.1

Total 
£m

33.9
0.2
(1.2)
–
–
32.9
1.4
–
0.2
1.4
35.9

6.5

2.2
(1.2)
–
0.1
7.6
2.5
–
0.2
0.2
10.5

25.3
25.4

The amortisation for development costs is included in cost of sales in the consolidated income statement. 

The carrying amounts of goodwill are £5.7m (2021: £5.7m) in respect of Mpac Lambert (acquired in 2019) and £7.5m (2021: £7.5m) in respect of Switchback Group 
(acquired in 2020). The Group tests goodwill at least annually for impairment or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired.

The recoverable amounts of the goodwill have been determined based on value in use calculations, using cash flow projections from the Group’s mid-range 
plan, the key assumptions included within this mid-range plan that affect the value in use calculations are revenue growth, margin growth and working capital 
requirements. These assumptions have been sensitised (as per Investments – note 15) as part of current year testing.

The discount and growth rates within these assumptions are estimated using a pre-tax weighted-average cost of capital (“WACC”) that are indicative of current 
market assessments of the time value of money, based on risks specific to the market in which the Group operates. The primary reasons for differences in the 
rates between the CGUs are the differences in underlying risk-free rates and cost of debt across the geographical regions in which the Group’s CGUs are located.

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

77

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

12.  Intangible assets continued
The calculation uses pre-tax cash flow projections from the 3 year mid-range plan for the period ending 31st December 2025. At the end of the discrete budget 
period, a terminal value is calculated based on terminal growth rate assumptions for each CGU. The WACC and terminal growth rates assessed for each CGU are 
15.4% & 2.0% for the UK and 15.2% & 2.0% for the Americas, respectively. 

13.  Property, plant and equipment

Cost:
Balance at 1 January 2021
Additions
Disposals
Retranslation
Balance at 31 December 2021
Additions
Disposals
Reclassification
Retranslation
Balance at 31 December 2022

Depreciation:
Balance at 1 January 2021
Charge for the period
Reclassification
Balance at 31 December 2021
Charge for the period
Disposals
Reclassification
Retranslation
Balance at 31 December 2022

Carrying amounts:
At 31 December 2021
At 31 December 2022

14.  Investment property

Group

Land and  
buildings 
£m

Plant and  
machinery 
£m

Fixtures,  
fittings and  
vehicles 
£m

4.2
0.5
(2.8)
–
1.9
0.1
–
–
0.1
2.1

1.5
0.1
(1.4)
0.2
0.1
–
–
–
0.3

1.7
1.8

3.1
0.1
(0.3)
–
2.9
0.4
(0.1)
0.3
0.1
3.6

1.6
0.2
(0.3)
1.5
0.3
–
–
0.1
1.9

1.4
1.7

5.2
0.9
(1.4)
(0.1)
4.6
0.4
–
(0.5)
–
4.5

4.3
0.6
(1.2)
3.7
0.5
–
(0.2)
–
4.0

0.9
0.5

Company

Fixtures,  
fittings and  
vehicles 
£m

Land and  
buildings 
£m

2.6
–
(2.6)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

1.1
–
(1.1)
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

0.2
0.2
–
–
0.4
–
–
–
–
0.4

0.1
0.1
–
0.2
0.1
–
–
–
0.3

0.2
0.1

Total 
£m

12.5
1.5
(4.5)
(0.1)
9.4
0.9
(0.1)
(0.2)
0.2
10.2

7.4
0.9
(2.9)
5.4
0.9
–
(0.2)
0.1
6.2

4.0
4.0

Balance at 1 January 2021 and 31 December 2021
Balance at 31 December 2022

Group

2022 
£m
0.8
0.8

2021 
£m
0.8
0.8

Company

2022 
£m
0.8
0.8

Total 
£m

2.8
0.2
(2.6)
–
0.4
–
–
–
–
0.4

1.2
0.1
(1.1)
0.2
0.1
–
–
–
0.3

0.2
0.1

2021 
£m
0.8
0.8

Investment property is shown at cost. The fair value of the investment property at 31 December 2021 is £1.2m (2021: £1.0m) and has been arrived at on the basis 
of a valuation carried out by independent valuers, Wilks Head & Eve LLP. The valuation, which conforms to International Valuation Standards, was arrived at by 
reference to market evidence of transaction prices for similar properties.

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Notes to the accounts continued

78

15.  Investments
Cost of shares in subsidiaries

Balance at 1 January
Movement in year
Balance at 31 December

The Company’s subsidiary undertakings are shown in note 32.

2022 
£m
63.8
–
63.8

2021 
£m
63.8
–
63.8

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Impairment review of investments
The Group tests the carrying value of investments at least annually or more frequently if there are indications that the value might be impaired.

The recoverable amounts of the carrying value have been determined based on value in use calculations, using cash flow projections from the Group’s mid-range plan, 
the key assumptions included within this mid-range plan that affect the value in use calculations are revenue growth, margin growth and working capital requirements. 
These assumptions have been prudently sensitised as part of current year testing. The discount and growth rates within these assumptions are estimated using a pre-tax 
weighted-average cost of capital (“WACC”) that are indicative of current market assessments of the time value of money, based on risks specific to the market in which 
the Group operates. The primary reasons for differences in the rates between the investments are the differences in underlying risk-free rates and cost of debt across 
the geographical regions in which the Group’s investments are located. The calculation uses pre-tax cash flow projections from the 3 year mid-range plan for the period 
ending 31st December 2025. At the end of the discrete budget period, a terminal value is calculated based on terminal growth rate assumptions for each investment.

The WACC and terminal growth rates assessed for each investment are 15.4% & 2.0% for the UK and 15.2% & 2.0% for the Americas, respectively. 

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Amounts owed by Group undertakings for the Company are not repayable within 12 months of the year end of these financial statements.

A rate of interest of 3.75% has been charged on the loans, resulting in an interest receivable of £0.4m in the year for the Company.

16.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

Assets

Liabilities

Group
Employee benefits
Tax losses
Acquired intangible assets

Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)
Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

Company
Employee benefits
Deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax liabilities

2022 
£m
–
3.1
–

3.1
3.1

Assets

2022 
£m
–
–
–

2021  
£m
–
3.4
–

3.4
3.4

2021 
£m
–
–
–

2022 
£m
(11.1)
–
(1.8)

(12.9)
(12.9)

Liabilities

2022 
£m
(11.1)
(11.1)
(11.1)

2021  
£m
(12.5)
–
(2.0)

(14.5)
(14.5)

2021 
£m
(12.5)
(12.5)
(12.5)

Net

2022 
£m
(11.1)
1.3
–

(9.8)
(9.8)

Net

2022 
£m
(11.1)
(11.1)
(11.1)

2021  
£m
(12.5)
1.4
–

(11.1)
(11.1)

2021 
£m
(12.5)
(12.5)
(12.5)

Deferred tax is measured at the rates that are expected to apply in the period when the temporary differences are expected to reverse, based on tax rates and 
laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the statement of financial position date.

No deferred tax is recognised on the unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries and associates. As the earnings are continually reinvested by the Group, no tax 
is expected to be payable on them in the foreseeable future.

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

79

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

16.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities continued
Unrecognised deferred tax assets
Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of temporary differences arising in certain subsidiary companies.

These assets are only recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which the deferred tax asset can be utilised. At the year 
end, the Group had £9.5m of unrecognised deferred tax assets (2021: £3.1m) and the Company had £3.7m of unrecognised deferred tax assets (2021: £2.1m) which 
would become recoverable if the relevant companies were to make sufficient profits in the future. Under current tax legislation, these tax assets expire as follows:

Expiry
10 to 20 years
No expiry date

Movement in temporary differences during the year

Group

Employee benefits
Corporation tax losses
Investment tax credits
Acquired intangible assets

Group
Employee benefits
Tax losses
Investment tax credits
Acquired intangible assets

Company
Employee benefits

Company
Employee benefits

Group

2022 
£m
–
9.5
9.5

2021  
£m
–
3.1
3.1

Balance at  
1 January  
2022 
£m

(12.5)
2.9
0.5
(2.0)
(11.1)

Balance at  
1 January  
2021 
£m
(4.9)
2.9
0.7
(1.9)
(3.2)

Recognised in  
profit or loss 
£m

Investment tax 
credits utilised

Recognised  
in other 
comprehensive 
income/(expense) 
£m

Retranslation of 
foreign differences 
£m

Balance at  
31 December  
2022 
£m

0.2
(0.2)
–
0.2
0.2

–
–
(0.3)
–
(0.3)

1.2
–
–
–
1.2

–
0.2
–
–
0.2

Recognised in  
profit or loss 
£m
0.3
–
–
(0.1)
0.2

Investment tax 
credits utilised
–
–
(0.2)
–
(0.2)

Recognised  
in other 
comprehensive 
income/(expense) 
£m
(7.9)
–
–
–
(7.9)

Recorded on  
acquisition 
£m
–
–
–
–
–

Balance at  
1 January 
2022 
£m
(12.5)
(12.5)

Balance at  
1 January 
2021 
£m
(4.9)
(4.9)

Recognised in  
profit or loss 
£m
0.2
0.2

Recognised in  
profit or loss 
£m
0.3
0.3

Recognised  
in other 
comprehensive 
income/(expense) 
£m
1.3
1.3

Recognised  
in other 
comprehensive 
income/(expense) 
£m
(7.9)
(7.9)

(11.1)
2.9
0.2
(1.8)
(9.8)

Balance at  
31 December  
2021 
£m
(12.5)
2.9
0.5
(2.0)
(11.1)

Balance at  
31 December  
2022 
£m
(11.1)
(11.1)

Balance at  
31 December  
2021 
£m
(12.5)
(12.5)

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Notes to the accounts continued

80

17.  Inventories

Work in progress and raw materials
Finished goods

Group

2022 
£m
2.9
6.7
9.6

2021  
£m
0.6
4.9
5.5

Company

2022 
£m
–
–
–

2021 
£m
–
–
–

2021 
£m
–
–
–

An amount of £nil (2021: £0.5m) has been charged in the year in respect of inventory write-downs.

18.  Contract assets & liabilities; contract fulfilment assets
The following table provides information about receivables, contract assets and contract liabilities from contracts with customers traded over time.

Receivables, which are included in ‘Trade and other receivables’
Contract assets
Contract liabilities

Group

2022 
£m
12.9
18.2
(14.5)

2021 
£m
11.4
12.7
(17.5)

Company

2022 
£m
–
–
–

Revenue recognised which is included in the contract liability balance at the 
beginning of the period
Increases due to cash received, excluding amounts recognised as revenue during 
the period
Transfers from contract assets recognised at the beginning of the period to 
receivables
Increases as a result of changes recognised in the measure of progress

Group

Contract 
assets

Contract 
liabilities

Company

Contract 
assets

Contract 
liabilities

–

–

(12.7)
18.2

17.5

(14.5)

–
–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–
–

The Group applies the practical expedient in paragraph 121 of IFRS 15 and does not disclose information about remaining performance obligations that have 
original expected durations of one year or less.

The Group applies the practical expedient in paragraph 94 of IFRS 15 and recognises the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if 
the amortisation period of the asset that the Group otherwise would have recognised is one year or less.

The Group’s contracts with customers are predominantly for one year or less, accordingly the Group applies the practical expedient in paragraph 63 of IFRS 15 and 
does not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of any financing component.

Contract fulfilment assets
These assets are recognised under paragraph 95 of IFRS 15 in respect of expenditure incurred which will satisfy future performance obligations. 

Contract fulfilment assets 

Group

2022 
£m
2.0

2021 
£m

0.8

Company

2022 
£m
–

2021 
£m

–

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
 
19.  Trade and other receivables

Current assets:
Contract assets – see note 18
Contract fulfilment assets – see note 18
Trade receivables
Amounts owed by Group undertakings
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income
Foreign currency derivatives

20.  Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Current liabilities:
Repayable in less than one year
Non-current liabilities:
Repayable between one and five years
Repayable in more than five years

Group

2022 
£m

18.2
2.0
17.7
–
1.6
7.7
0.1
47.3

Group

2022 
£m

8.0

–
0.9
8.9

2021 
£m

12.7
0.8
15.1
–
1.2
4.5
0.2
34.5

2021 
£m

–

–
0.9
0.9

Company

2022 
£m

–
–
–
3.7
0.1
2.1
2.1
8.0

Company

2022 
£m

8.0

–
0.9
8.9

2021 
£m

–
–
–
3.0
–
0.7
1.0
4.7

2021 
£m

–

–
0.9
0.9

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

81

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

An interest rate of 2% above the HSBC base rate is charged on the above loan repayable in less than one year, generating an expense of £0.2m (2021: £nil) that has 
been recognised as part of the underlying finance expense in the income statement.

An interest rate of 6% is charged on the above loan repayable in more than five years, generating an expense of £0.1m (2021: £0.1m) that has been recognised as 
part of the underlying finance expense in the income statement.

Preference shares
The preference shares carry a fixed cumulative preferential dividend at the rate of 6% per annum and on the winding-up of the Company entitle the holders to 
repayment of the capital paid up thereon (together with a sum equal to any arrears or deficiency of the fixed dividend calculated to the date of the return of capital 
and to be payable irrespective of whether such dividend has been declared or earned or not) in priority to any payment to the holders of the ordinary shares. 
The preference shares do not entitle the holders to any further participation in the profits or assets of the Company.

The preference shareholders are not entitled to receive notice of or to attend or vote at any general meeting unless either:

  at the date of the notice convening the meeting, the dividend on the preference shares is six months in arrears (for this purpose the dividend on the preference 
shares is deemed to be payable half-yearly on 30 June and 31 December); or

  the business of the meeting includes the consideration of a resolution for the winding-up of the Company, or for reducing its share capital or for sanctioning 
a sale of the undertaking, or any resolution directly and adversely affecting any of the special rights or privileges attached to the preference shares.

There were no arrears in the payment of preference dividends at the statement of financial position date. Preference dividends paid amounted to 
£0.1m (2021: £0.1m).

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

82

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notes to the accounts continued

21.  Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net funds

Group

Company

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Change in net funds resulting from cash flows
Translation movements
Movement in net funds in the period
Opening net funds
Movement in interest-bearing loans and borrowings:
Revolving credit facility
Movement in lease liabilities under IFRS 16:
Non-cash movement
Cash movement
Closing net funds

Analysis of net funds:
Cash and cash equivalents – Current assets

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings – Current liabilities

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings – Non current liabilities
Lease liabilities
Closing net (debt)/funds

22.  Trade and other payables

Current liabilities:
Contract liabilities – see note 18

Trade payables
Amounts owed to Group undertakings
Other taxes and social security
Other payables
Accruals and deferred income
Foreign currency derivatives

23.  Provisions

Group
Balance at 1 January
Provisions created in the year
Utilised during the year
Unused amounts reversed
Balance at 31 December

2022 
£m
(10.6)
(10.6)
0.3
(10.3)
7.6

(8.0)

(0.5)
1.2
(10.0)

4.2

(8.0)

(0.9)
(5.3)
(10.0)

Group

2022 
£m

14.5

15.3
–
1.2
3.8
3.6
0.6
39.0

2021 
£m
(1.3)
(1.3)
0.3
(1.0)
10.4

–

(2.8)
1.0
7.6

14.5

–

(0.9)
(6.0)
7.6

2021 
£m

17.5

12.8
–
0.7
2.6
5.1
0.8
39.5

2022 
£m
(5.4)
(5.4)
1.1
(4.3)
3.1

(8.0)

–
–
(9.2)

(0.3)

(8.0)

(0.9)
–
(9.2)

Company

2022 
£m

–

0.6
39.3
–
2.0
1.3
0.7
43.9

2022 
£m
0.6
0.5
(0.1)
–
1.0

2021 
£m
0.6
0.6
–
0.6
2.5

–

–
–
3.1

4.0

–

(0.9)
–
3.1

2021 
£m

–

0.8
37.8
–
0.6
1.7
1.0
41.9

2021 
£m
1.4
0.3
(0.4)
(0.7)
0.6

Provisions are based on historical data and a weighting of all possible outcomes against their associated possibilities. Group provisions relate primarily to product 
warranties. Except for specific identifiable claims, they are generally utilised within one year of the statement of financial position date.

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
24.  Employee benefits
Defined contribution pension schemes
The Group operates a number of defined contribution pension schemes for employees. Contributions to these schemes are recognised as an expense in the 
consolidated income statement as they fall due.

Defined benefit pension schemes
The Group is responsible for defined benefit pension schemes in the UK and the USA. All schemes are funded by Group companies as necessary, at rates 
determined by independent actuaries and as agreed between the trustees of the schemes and the sponsoring company.

The defined benefit pension schemes are administered by bodies that are legally separate from the Group. The trustees of the schemes are required by law to act 
in the interest of the schemes and of all relevant stakeholders in the schemes. The trustees of the schemes are responsible for the investment policies in respect 
of the assets of the schemes.

The pension schemes typically expose the Group to certain risks. These include the risk of investment under-performance, a fall in interest rates, an increase in life 
expectancy and an increase in inflation.

UK pension scheme
The Group operated one defined benefit pension scheme in the UK in which future accruals ceased in November 2012. The assets of the scheme are held 
separately from those of the Company and it is funded by the Company as necessary in order to ensure that the scheme can meet the expected benefit 
obligations. The funding policy is to ensure that the assets held by the scheme in the future are adequate to meet expected liabilities, allowing for future increases 
in pensions. The only assets of the scheme which are invested in the Company are an interest in the cumulative preference shares of the Company with an 
estimated current market value of £0.2m.

The most recent formal actuarial valuation of the scheme was carried out as at 30 June 2021 using the projected unit credit method. The market value of the 
scheme assets at that date was £431.4m and the funding level was 94% of liabilities, which represented a deficit of £28.4m. The principal terms of the deficit 
funding agreement between the Company and the Fund’s Trustees, which is effective until 31 December 2035, but is subject to reassessment every three years 
are that the Company will continue to pay a sum of £2.0m per annum to the scheme (increasing at 2.1 per cent. per annum) in deficit recovery payments. 

The funding agreement focuses the scheme and the company on achieving a funding level which should permit the scheme to achieve risk transfer to an 
alternative arrangement which the company would not be liable for the performance of. Based on annual tests, once the funding level on a technical provisions 
basis reaches 103%, contributions will be redirected to an escrow account which can only be used by the scheme to either enable risk transfer or remedy a future 
deficit arising and would be returned to the company should risk transfer be achieved without the funds being required. Should the funding level reach 110% of 
technical provisions (including the value of the escrow account), contributions cease.

The deficit recovery period from 30 June 2021 was estimated to be four years and six months, which is scheduled to be formally reassessed following the 
completion of the actuarial valuation being carried out as at 30 June 2024.

During the year, the Company paid deficit recovery contributions of £2.0m (2021: £1.9m). A contribution of £nil (2021: £0.4m), in accordance with the profit sharing 
arrangement in the schedule of contributions, was also paid. 

The Company accounts for pension costs under IAS 19 Employee benefits and the valuation used has been based on detailed actuarial valuation work carried out 
as at 30 June 2021, updated by the Company’s actuary to assess the value of the liabilities of the scheme at 31 December 2022. Scheme assets are stated at their 
market value at 31 December 2022.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

83

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

84

Notes to the accounts continued

24.  Employee benefits continued
USA pension schemes
In the USA, the Group has three defined benefit pension schemes, all of which are closed to future accrual. Formal independent actuarial valuations of the USA 
pension schemes were carried out as at 1 January 2022 using the projected unit credit method. The valuations under IAS 19 at 31 December 2022 have been based 
on these actuarial valuations, updated for conditions existing at the year end.

Employer contributions of £0.2m (2021: £0.3m) were paid during the year.

Assumptions
The key financial assumptions used to calculate scheme liabilities and the financing expense on pension scheme balances are as follows:

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Discount rate
Inflation rate
– CPI
– RPI
Increases to pensions in payment
– final salary benefits
– career average benefits

UK (Company)
2022
4.8%

2.8%
3.3%

2.8%
2.1%

2021
1.8%

2.9%
3.4%

2.9%
2.2%

USA

2022
5.0%

n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a

2021
2.5%

n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a

The assumptions relating to longevity underlying the pension liabilities of the defined benefit pension schemes at the statement of financial position date are 
based on standard actuarial mortality tables and include an allowance for future improvements in longevity. The assumptions are equivalent to expecting an 
individual to live for a number of years as follows:

Current pensioner aged 65 – male
Current pensioner aged 65 – female
Future retirees currently aged 45 upon reaching age 65 – male
Future retirees currently aged 45 upon reaching age 65 – female

UK scheme
21.8 years
24.4 years
23.0 years
25.8 years

USA schemes
20.5 years
22.5 years
20.7 years
23.1 years

At 31 December 2022, the weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation in the UK scheme was 12 years (2021: 14 years) and in the USA schemes was 
8 years (2021: 9 years).

Significant actuarial assumptions for the determination of the defined benefit obligations are discount rate, inflation rate and mortality. The sensitivity analysis 
below has been determined assuming that all other assumptions are held constant.

Changes in values of pension schemes’ liabilities before tax as at 31 December 2022
0.25% change in discount rate
0.1% change in inflation rate
Change in life expectancy by one year on average

UK scheme
£7.9m
£6.7m
£12.2m

USA schemes
£0.2m
n/a
£0.3m

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

85

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

24.  Employee benefits continued
Categories of assets and funded status
The fair values of scheme assets were as follows:

UK equities
Overseas equities
Bonds – index linked gilts
Bonds – other
Properties – funds
Properties – directly owned
Absolute return funds
Other
Total fair (bid) value of scheme assets
Present value of defined benefit obligations
Defined benefit asset/(liability)

UK (Company)
2022 
£m
–
8.2
79.3
106.3
28.7
2.3
12.6
73.8
311.2
279.7
31.5

2021 
£m
1.5
56.5
153.3
37.8
35.0
2.2
122.7
44.1
453.1
417.4
35.7

USA

Group

2022 
£m
–
2.7
–
5.4
–
–
–
–
8.1
10.2
(2.1)

2021 
£m
–
3.1
–
6.8
–
–
–
–
9.9
12.4
(2.5)

2022 
£m
–
10.9
79.3
111.7
28.7
2.3
12.6
73.8
319.3
289.9
29.4

2021 
£m
1.5
59.6
153.3
44.6
35.0
2.2
122.7
44.1
463.0
429.8
33.2

All equities, bonds, property funds and absolute return funds have quoted prices in active markets. Directly owned properties are subject to an independent valuation.

Disclosed defined benefit pension income/expense for financial year
A)  Components of defined benefit pension income/expense
Net defined benefit pension expense recognised in the consolidated income statement comprises:

Past service costs/(gains)
Interest expense/(income)
Administration costs
(Income)/expense recognised in 
income statement

UK (Company)
2022 
£m
–
(0.7)
1.1

0.4

2021 
£m
–
(0.2)
1.0

0.8

USA

Group

2022 
£m
–
0.1
0.3

0.4

2021 
£m
–
0.1
0.2

0.3

2022 
£m
–
(0.6)
1.4

0.8

2021 
£m
–
(0.1)
1.2

1.1

The net pension expense/(income) is included in non-underlying items.

B)  Statements of comprehensive income (“SOCI”)
The actuarial losses recognised in the SOCI in respect of pensions were £5.3m (2021: gains of £20.7m), comprising actuarial losses of £5.8m (2021: gain of £20.2m) 
for the UK defined benefit pension scheme and actuarial gains of £0.8m (2021: £0.5m) for the USA schemes, all figures before tax.

Actual return on scheme assets
The actual return on scheme assets were losses of £129.5m (2021: gain of £30.2m), comprising losses of £130.3m (2021: gains of £29.7m) for the UK defined 
benefit pension scheme and losses of £1.9m (2021: gains of £0.5m) for the USA schemes, all figures before tax.

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Notes to the accounts continued

86

24.  Employee benefits continued
Reconciliation of the present value of defined benefit obligations

Present value of defined benefit 
obligations at 1 January
Past service cost/(gains)
Interest cost
Actuarial losses/(gains)

– changes in demographic assumptions
– changes in financial assumptions
– experience
Benefit payments
Retranslation
Present value of defined benefit 
obligations at 31 December

Reconciliation of the fair value of scheme assets

Fair value of scheme assets at 1 January
Interest income
Actuarial gains/(losses)
– return on scheme assets
Company contributions
Administration expenses
Benefit payments
Retranslation
Fair value of scheme assets at 
31 December

UK (Company)
2022 
£m

417.4
–
7.4

1.1
(131.1)
5.3
(20.4)
–

279.7

UK (Company)
2022 
£m
453.1
8.0

(130.4)
2.0
(1.1)
(20.4)
–

311.2

2021 
£m

426.9
–
5.8

7.7
(1.7)
(2.6)
(18.7)
–

417.4

2021 
£m
440.9
6.1

23.6
2.3
(1.0)
(18.8)
–

453.1

USA

2022 
£m

12.4
–
0.3

–
(3.0)
–
(1.0)
1.5

10.2

USA

2022 
£m
9.9
0.2

(2.2)
0.2
(0.2)
(1.0)
1.2

8.1

2021 
£m

13.1
–
0.3

–
(0.2)
–
(1.0)
0.2

12.4

2021 
£m
10.1
0.2

0.3
0.3
(0.2)
(0.9)
0.1

9.9

Group

2022 
£m

429.8
–
7.7

1.1
(135.2)
5.3
(21.4)
1.5

288.8

Group

2022 
£m
463.0
8.2

(132.6)
2.2
(1.3)
(21.4)
1.2

319.3

2021 
£m

440.0
–
6.1

7.7
(1.9)
(2.6)
(19.7)
0.2

429.8

2021 
£m
451.0
6.3

23.9
2.6
(1.2)
(19.7)
0.1

463.0

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
USA

Group

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

87

24.  Employee benefits continued
Experience gains and losses for the year

Fair value of scheme assets
Defined benefit obligations
Net asset/(liability)

Actuarial gains/(losses) on scheme assets
Actuarial (losses)/gains on defined 
benefit obligations
Net gain/(loss) recognised in the SOCI 
during the year

UK (Company)
2022 
£m
311.2
(279.7)
31.5

(130.4)

124.7

(5.7)

2021 
£m
453.1
(417.4)
35.7

23.6

(3.4)

20.2

2022 
£m
8.1
(10.2)
(2.1)

(2.2)

2.9

0.7

2021 
£m
9.9
(12.4)
(2.5)

0.3

0.2

0.5

Movements in the net liability/asset of defined benefit pension schemes recognised in the Statements of financial position

Net asset/(liability) for employee benefits 
at 1 January
Expense recognised in the income 
statement (see above)
Company contributions
Actuarial (losses)/gains recognised in 
the SOCI 
Retranslation
Net asset/(liability) for employee benefits 
at 31 December

UK (Company)
2022 
£m

35.7

(0.5)
2.0

(5.7)
–

31.5

2021 
£m

14.0

(0.8)
2.3

20.2
–

35.7

USA

2022 
£m

(2.5)

(0.3)
0.2

0.7
(0.2)

(2.1)

2021 
£m

(3.0)

(0.3)
0.3

0.5
–

(2.5)

2022 
£m
319.3
(289.9)
29.4

(132.6)

127.6

(5.0)

Group

2022 
£m

33.2

(0.8)
2.2

(5.0)
(0.2)

29.4

2021 
£m
463.0
(429.8)
33.2

23.9

(3.2)

20.7

2021 
£m

11.0

(1.1)
2.6

20.7
–

33.2

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

At the end of the life of the UK defined benefit pension scheme the Company has an unconditional right to a refund and any such refund would be paid out only on 
a net of tax basis.

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

88

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notes to the accounts continued

24.  Employee benefits continued
Share-based payments
The Company currently operates a deferred share plan, though no options are currently outstanding under it. Own shares are held in trust and granted to plan 
participants when certain conditions are met. Further details of the Deferred share plan, including the performance conditions and vesting periods, are in the 
Remuneration and Nomination Committee report on page 38 and in this note.

The share awards that were subject to conditional grants during the year were:

13 March 2018
1 May 2019

At 1 January  

2022
–
68,816
68,816

Granted
–
–
–

Lapsed
–
–
–

Exercised
–
68,816
68,816

At 31 December 
2022
–
–
–

Granting of all conditional awards and the exercise of such awards are at nil cost to the participant. The share-based compensation charge for the year amounted 
to £nil (2021: £0.1m).

The fair value of the conditional awards made under the Deferred share plan has been based on the market price of the Company’s shares at the date of grant, 
reduced by the assumptions made (for the purposes of this exercise) in respect of the present value of dividends expected to be paid (at the time of grant) during 
the vesting period. The fair value of each conditional award is as follows:

Date of award
1 May 2019

Fair value  
per share
134.7p

The company introduced a Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) for certain members of its senior management during 2019, which vested in 2022. In 2022, a revised 
LTIP arrangement commenced, based upon updated targets but retaining the same structure. Awards are anticipated to be made annually. The key terms of both 
plans are set out in the Remuneration and Nomination Committee report on pages 38 to 39 and were unchanged since inception. 

The total number of shares conditionally granted under the 2022 LTIP was 187,740, at a market value of £4.33 per share, at the date of grant on 10 June 2022 and 
remained outstanding at the year end. An expense of £nil has been recognised during the year (2021: £0.2m) within administration costs. No shares were forfeited, 
exercised, expired or exercisable during the period.

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
25.  Capital and reserves
Share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid
Ordinary shares of 25p each

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

89

2022 
£m
5.1

2021 
£m
5.0

There were 20,474,424 (2021: 20,171,540) ordinary shares in issue at the year end. The holders of the ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share at meetings 
of the Company and to receive dividends as declared from time to time. At the year end, an employee trust held none of the ordinary shares and it has agreed 
to waive all dividends and not to exercise voting rights in respect of any future shares it owns. The Company also has in issue 900,000 6% fixed cumulative 
preference shares of £1 each (see note 20); these are classified as borrowings.

The 302,884 newly issued shares in the year were issued at nil value to enable the settlement of the LTIP awards.

Translation reserve
The translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations.

Capital redemption reserve
The capital redemption reserve records the historical repurchase of the Company’s own shares.

Hedging reserve
The hedging reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments related to hedged 
transactions that have not yet occurred.

Investment in own shares
Included within retained earnings is the carrying value of own shares held in trust for the benefit of employees. These shares are used to service the obligations of 
the Company’s Deferred share plan. Further details of the Deferred share plan can be found in the Remuneration and Nomination Committee report on page 38 
and on page 88 in note 24.

At 31 December 2022, the employee trust held no (2021: 242,144) ordinary shares of 25p each, representing 0.0% of the issued shares (2021: 1.2%), as all shares 
were used to settle the vesting awards under the LTIP. The shares held by the trust at 31 December 2022 were purchased at an aggregate cost of £nil (2021: 
£0.5m). The trust purchased 38,176 additional shares in the year at a cost of £0.2m (2021: £0.2m).

Included within retained earnings is the charge of £0.1m (2021: £0.3m) in respect of the share-based payments, as disclosed in the Remuneration report on 
page 38.

The market value of the shares held by the trust at 31 December 2022 was £nil (2021: £1.2m).

Dividends

Dividends to shareholders paid in the period:

2022 
£m
–

2021 
£m
–

Having considered the trading results for 2022 and the opportunities for investment in the growth of the Group, together with the continued uncertainty 
surrounding the impact of the pandemic, the Board has decided that it is not appropriate to pay a final dividend. No interim dividend was paid in 2022. Future 
dividend payments will be considered by the Board in the context of 2023 trading performance and when the Board believes it is prudent to do so.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Notes to the accounts continued

90

26.  Financial risk management
The Group has exposure to credit, liquidity and market risks from its use of financial instruments.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

These risks are regularly considered and the impact of these risks on the Group, and how to mitigate them, assessed. The Board of Directors is responsible for the 
Group’s system of internal controls and has established risk management policies to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Group, to set appropriate risk limits 
and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. The Audit Committee assists the Board in the discharge of its duty in relation to the maintenance of 
proper internal controls. Further details regarding the Audit Committee can be found in its report on pages 32 to 35.

Categories of financial instruments

Financial assets:
Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships
Derivative instruments measured at fair value through income statement
Financial assets measured at amortised cost

Financial liabilities:
Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships
Fair value through income statement
Amortised cost

Group

2022 
£m

0.1
–
23.4
23.5

0.6
–
38.1
38.7

2021 
£m

0.2
–
30.8
31.0

0.8
0.6
27.4
28.8

Company

2022 
£m

–
2.1
22.6
24.7

–
0.7
43.9
44.6

2021 
£m

–
1.0
21.2
22.2

–
1.0
41.9
42.9

Financial assets measured at amortised cost comprises cash and cash equivalents and trade and other receivables, excluding foreign currency derivatives.

Financial liabilities at amortised cost comprises interest-bearing loans and borrowings, lease liabilities, trade payables, other payables and accruals.

IFRS 7 Financial instruments: disclosures for financial instruments that are measured in the Statements of financial position at fair value requires disclosure of fair 
value measurements in the form of a three level fair value hierarchy, by class, for all financial instruments recognised at fair value. The Group uses the following 
hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by valuation technique:

Level 1:  quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2:  inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly 

(i.e. derived from prices); and

Level 3:  inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

At 1 January 2022 and 31 December 2022, derivative instruments in designated hedge relationships have been identified as Level 2.

Derivative instruments in designated hedge relationships
The Group has relied on analysis from third party specialists for complex valuations of forward exchange contracts. Valuation techniques have utilised observable 
forward exchange rates corresponding to the maturity of the contract. The effects of non-observable inputs are not significant to this type of financial instrument.

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
26.  Financial risk management continued
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations and arises 
principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and cash held at financial institutions. In addition, for the Company, a credit risk exists in respect of 
amounts owed by Group undertakings.

Trade receivables and contract assets
The Group ensures that the provision of credit to customers is adequately managed by each individual business in order that the risk of non-payment or delayed 
payment is minimised. The Group’s exposure to risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer, the industry and country in which 
customers operate. The Group has a diversified base of customers. In certain years, sales to a customer may be more than 5%, although the sales would typically 
be both original equipment and service, and to a number of different geographic regions.

The Group has written credit control policies which cover procedures for accepting new customers, setting credit limits, dealing with overdue amounts and 
delinquent payers.

An impairment loss provision against trade receivables is created where it is anticipated that the value of trade receivables is not fully recoverable. No impairments 
due to credit losses on contract assets have ever been experienced and none are predicted.

Exposure to credit risk
The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk for the Group and the Company at 
31 December was:

Trade receivables
Amounts owed by Group undertakings
Other receivables
Foreign currency derivatives
Cash and cash equivalents

Group

Company

2022 
£m
17.7
–
1.5
0.1
4.2
23.5

2021 
£m
15.1
–
1.2
0.2
14.5
31.0

2022 
£m
–
22.6
–
2.1
–
24.7

2021 
£m
–
17.2
–
1.0
4.0
22.2

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified model of recognising lifetime expected credit losses for all trade receivables as these items do not have a significant 
financing component. In measuring the expected credit losses, the trade receivables have been assessed on an individual basis as the risk depends upon the 
circumstances of the receivable, including the financial strength of the counterparty and the terms of the contract. They have been grouped based on the days 
past due.

Trade receivables are written off (i.e. derecognised) when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Failure to make payments within 180 days from the 
invoice date and failure to engage with the Group on alternative payment arrangements, amongst others, are considered indicators of no reasonable expectation 
of recovery.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

91

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

92

Notes to the accounts continued

26.  Financial risk management continued
Credit loss provisions
The ageing of trade receivables and the expected credit loss provisions for the Group at 31 December were:

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Group
Not past due
Past due up to 30 days
Past due 31–60 days
Past due 61–90 days
Past due more than 91 days

2022

Credit 
loss provisions 
£m
–
–
–
–
–
–

Gross 
£m
10.5
3.7
1.6
0.6
1.3
17.7

Total 
£m
10.5
3.7
1.6
0.6
1.3
17.7

2021

Credit 
loss provisions 
£m
–
–
–
–
–
–

Gross 
£m
9.8
4.5
0.5
0.1
0.2
15.1

Total 
£m
9.8
4.5
0.5
0.1
0.2
15.1

The only receivable balances held by the Company are amounts owed by Group undertakings and expected credit losses arising are not considered to be material.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to hold cash 
and cash equivalents and maintain undrawn committed facilities at a level sufficient to ensure that the Group has available funds to meet its liabilities as they 
become due. Further details of the Group’s treasury policies can be found in the Financial review on pages 14 to 16.

Contractual maturities of non-derivative financial liabilities
The non-derivative financial liabilities for the Group and the Company at 31 December were:

Current liabilities:
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Trade and other payables (excluding derivatives)
Lease liabilities
Non-current liabilities:
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Lease liabilities

Group

2022 
£m

8.0
23.9
1.4

0.9
3.9

2021 
£m

–
20.5
1.8

0.9
4.2

Company

2022 
£m

8.0
35.0
–

0.9
–

2021 
£m

–
41.0
–

0.9
–

Interest rates of 6% and 2% above the HSBC base rate are charged on the above interest-bearing loans, generating an expense of £0.3m (2021: £0.1m). The loans 
relate to preference shares and the revolving credit facility drawdown. The preference share loan has no fixed maturity, the revolving credit facility is due to be 
repaid in less than one year.

Trade and other payables shown as current liabilities are expected to mature within six months of the statement of financial position date.

The contractual maturities of forward foreign exchange contracts that the Group and Company had committed at 31 December are shown in the foreign currency 
risk section in this note. The contractual maturity of lease liabilities is disclosed in note 27.

Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as interest rates and foreign exchange rates, will affect the Group’s income or the value of its holdings 
of financial instruments. Exposure to interest rate and currency risks arises in the normal course of the Group’s business. The Group does not trade in financial 
instruments and enters into derivatives (principally forward foreign exchange contracts) solely for the purpose of minimising currency exposure on sales or 
purchases in other than the functional currencies of its various operations.

The Group’s treasury policies are explained in the Financial review on pages 14 to 16.

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

93

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

26.  Financial risk management continued
Interest rate risk
Cash and cash equivalents
The cash profile at 31 December was:

Group
Currency:
Sterling

Canadian dollar
US dollar
Euro

Company
Currency:
Sterling
Canadian dollar

US dollar
Euro

Cash at  
floating  
rates 
£m

2022

Cash on which  
no interest  
received 
£m

0.1

1.6
1.0
1.5
4.2

Cash at  
floating  
rates 
£m

(0.3)
–

–
–
(0.3)

–

–
–
–
–

2022

Cash on which  
no interest  
received 
£m

–
–

–
–
–

Total 
£m

0.1

1.6
1.0
1.5
4.2

Total 
£m

(0.3)
–

–
–
(0.3)

Cash at  
floating  
rates 
£m

2021

Cash on which  
no interest  
received 
£m

6.0

4.1
1.3
3.1
14.5

–

–
–
–
–

Cash at  
floating  
rates 
£m

2021

Cash on which  
no interest  
received 
£m

3.9
0.1

–
–
4.0

–
–

–
–
–

All cash surplus to immediate operational requirements is placed on deposit at floating rates of interest.

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
The profile of interest-bearing loans and borrowings at 31 December was:

Group and Company
Currency:
Sterling

Borrowings at 
floating rates 
£m

2022

Borrowings at  
fixed rates 
£m

8.0
8.0

0.9
0.9

Borrowings at 
floating rates 
£m

2021

Borrowings at  
fixed rates 
£m

–
–

0.9
0.9

Total 
£m

8.9
8.9

Total 
£m

6.0

4.1
1.3
3.1
14.5

Total 
£m

3.9
0.1

–
–
4.0

Total 
£m

0.9
0.9

The borrowings at fixed rates in sterling are the fixed cumulative preference shares which are explained in more detail in note 20.

The average rate of interest on the Group’s operating lease liabilities is 3.3%, details of the contractual maturity of the leases can be found in note 27.

Sensitivity to interest rate risk
If interest rates had been 100 basis points higher/lower throughout the period, net financial income (excluding on pension scheme balances) for the Group would 
have decreased/increased by £0.1m (2021: increased/decreased by £0.1m). This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, 
remain constant and considers the effect of financial instruments with variable interest rates. The analysis is performed on the same basis as for the year ended 
31 December 2021.

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

94

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notes to the accounts continued

26.  Financial risk management continued
Foreign currency risk
The majority of the Group’s operations are outside of the UK, and therefore a significant portion of its business is conducted overseas in currencies other than 
sterling. As explained on page 19, foreign currency risk is one of the principal risks and uncertainties to which the Group is exposed. The Group is exposed to both 
transaction and translation risk.

Transactions in foreign currency are translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in 
foreign currencies at the statement of financial position date are translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. Foreign exchange differences arising 
on translation are recognised in the income statement.

The revenues and expenses of foreign operations are translated at an average rate for the period.

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated at foreign exchange rates ruling at the statement of financial position date and foreign exchange 
differences are taken directly to the translation reserve.

The following exchange rates (relative to sterling), which are significant to the Group, applied during the period:

US dollar
Canadian dollar
Euro

Average rate
2022
1.24
1.62
1.17

2021
1.37
1.72
1.16

Closing rate
2022
1.21
1.64
1.13

2021
1.35
1.72
1.19

Forward foreign exchange contracts
The Group enters into forward foreign exchange contracts solely for the purpose of minimising currency exposures on sale and purchase transactions. The Group 
classifies its forward foreign exchange contracts used for hedging as cash flow hedges and states them at fair value.

Fair values
The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts at 31 December was:

Cash flow hedges
Gain
Loss

Group

2022 
£m
–
(1.8)
(1.8)

2021 
£m
–
(0.5)
(0.5)

Company

2022 
£m
–
–
–

2021 
£m
–
–
–

The fair value is the gain/loss on all open forward foreign exchange contracts at the period end. These amounts are based on the market values of equivalent 
instruments at the period end date and all relate to those forward foreign exchange contracts that have been designated as effective cash flow hedges under 
IFRS 9 Financial instruments: recognition and measurement.

There were no open forward foreign exchange contracts, as at either 31 December 2022 or 2021, that had been designated as fair value hedges under IFRS 9 
Financial instruments: recognition and measurement.

During the period, a debit of £1.3m for the Group (2021: £1.3m debit) and £nil for the Company (2021: £nil) was recognised in the statements of comprehensive 
income in respect of cash flow hedges.

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

95

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

26.  Financial risk management continued
Contractual maturity date and future cash flows
The contractual maturity date and period when cash flows are expected to occur in relation to open forward foreign exchange contracts at 31 December were:

Group
Outflow
Inflow

Company
Outflow
Inflow

Less than  
6 months  

£m
–
11.0
11.0

Less than  
6 months  

£m
–
–
–

2022

Between 
6 and 12 
months 
£m
–
2.9
2.9

2022

Between 
6 and 12 
months 
£m
–
–
–

Between  
12 and 24  
months  

£m
–
–
–

Between  
12 and 24  
months  

£m
–
–
–

Less than  
6 months  

£m
(4.7)
24.5
19.8

Less than  
6 months  

£m
–
–
–

2021

Between 
6 and 12 
months 
£m
(0.7)
8.3
7.6

2021

Between 
6 and 12 
months 
£m
–
–
–

Between  
12 and 24  
months  

£m
–
–
–

Between  
12 and 24  
months  

£m
–
–
–

Total 
£m
–
13.9
13.9

Total 
£m
–
–
–

The following movements in the cash flow hedge reserve relate to the hedges relating to cash flows from foreign currency trade receivables.

Group
Opening balance 1 January 2022
Change in fair value of hedging instrument recognised in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) 
Reclassified from OCI to profit or loss
Closing balance at 31 December 2022

Total 
£m
(5.4)
32.8
27.4

Total 
£m
–
–
–

2022 
£m
(0.5)
(1.4)
0.1
(1.8)

Ineffectiveness arose during 2022 on forward contracts where the hedging instrument, in this case the sales order, was cancelled by the customer. The 
ineffectiveness amounted to a gain of less than £0.1m and has been recognised in the Income Statement.

The effect of hedge accounting on the Group’s financial position and performance is as follows, including the outline timing and profile of the hedging instruments:

Group
Carrying amount 
Notional amount
US dollar to Canadian dollar
Canadian dollar to euro
GBP to euro
GBP to US dollar
Hedge ratio

Average forward rates
US dollar to Canadian dollar
Canadian dollar to euro
Change in the fair value of the currency forward (excluding amounts reclassified) 
Change in the fair value of the hedged item used to determine hedge effectiveness
Amounts in the cash flow hedge reserve 

No other currency pairs at 31 December 2022 or during the year had a material value to the Group.

2022
GBP£1.4m

CA$70.9m
€9.0m
€0.7m
$18.8m
1:1

1US$:1.2879CA$
1CA$:0.7148€
(£1.3m)
(£1.3m)
(£1.8m)

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

96

Notes to the accounts continued

26.  Financial risk management continued
Currency profile
The currency profiles at 31 December of cash and cash equivalents and interest-bearing loans and borrowings are shown within the interest rate risk section in 
this note.

The following analysis of financial assets and liabilities (excluding net funds/debt) shows the Group and Company exposure after the effects of forward foreign 
exchange contracts used to manage currency exposure.

The amounts shown represent the transactional exposures that give rise to net currency gains and losses which are recognised in the consolidated income 
statement. Such exposures represent the financial assets and liabilities of the Group and the Company that are not denominated in the functional currency of the 
business involved.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Group
Functional currency:
Sterling
Canadian dollar
Euro

Company
Functional currency:
Sterling

US dollar 
£m

–
3.3
–
3.3

US dollar 
£m

11.2

2022

2022

Euro 
£m

–
1.9
–
1.9

Euro 
£m

1.0

Total 
£m

–
5.2
–
5.2

Total 
£m

12.2

US dollar 
£m

2021

Euro 
£m

–
1.5
–
1.5

US dollar 
£m

12.7

–
–
–
–

Euro 
£m

–

2021

Total 
£m

–
1.5
–
1.5

Total 
£m

12.7

Sensitivity to foreign currency risk
Average exchange rates are used to translate the profits of foreign operations in the consolidated income statement. If sterling had been 10% stronger against all 
foreign currencies during the year, the effect of this on the average exchange rates used to translate profits would have increased Group loss for the year by £0.1m 
(2021: £0.4m). If sterling had been 10% weaker against all foreign currencies during the year, the effect of this on the average exchange rates used to translate 
profits would have decreased Group loss for the year by £0.1m (2021: £0.5m).

If sterling had been 10% stronger against all foreign currencies at 31 December 2022, Group equity would have decreased by £3.2m (2021: £0.6m increase). 
Conversely, if sterling had been 10% weaker against all foreign currencies at 31 December 2022, Group equity would have increased by £3.5m (2021: £0.7m 
decrease). This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant.

Fair values
The fair value of borrowings at fixed rates for both the Group and the Company at 31 December 2022 is £8.8m (2021: £0.8m) and has been calculated by 
discounting the expected future cash flows at prevailing interest rates.

There are no other significant differences between book and fair values for any of the other financial assets or liabilities included in either the Group or Company 
statement of financial position.

Capital management
Capital comprises total equity as shown in the statements of financial position. The Group’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, 
creditor and market confidence and to sustain the future development of the business. The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it 
in light of the economic conditions. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the dividend payment to shareholders, return capital to 
shareholders or issue new shares.

The Group monitors capital through measures of earnings per share (see note 11), return on capital employed (profit for the period divided by average equity) and 
tangible net worth (total equity before intangible assets and employee benefits, net of tax). There were no changes to the Group’s approach to capital management 
during the year and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries are subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

97

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

27.  Leases
The right-of-use assets held at the balance sheet date relates to the following asset types:

Land & buildings 
£m

Plant & machinery 
£m

Motor vehicles 
£m

Total 
£m

Group

Cost
Balance at 1 January 2021
Additions
Disposals
Transfers
Balance at 31 December 2021
Additions
Disposals
Transfers
FX Translation
Balance at 31 December 2022

Depreciation
Balance at 1 January 2021
Charge for the period
Disposals
Transfers
Balance at 31 December 2021
Charge for the period
Disposals
Transfers
FX Translation
Balance at 31 December 2022
NBV of ROU assets 2021
NBV of ROU assets 2022

Lease liabilities
Opening liability
Additions
Disposals
Payments made
Interest charge
Effect of movements in foreign exchange rates
Closing liability
Amounts falling due after more than one year
Amounts falling due in less than one year

5.0
2.4
–
–
7.4
–
–
–
0.4
7.8

1.3
0.8
–
–
2.1
1.0
–
–
0.1
3.2
5.3
4.6

0.1
–
–
–
0.1
–
–
–
–
0.1

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
0.1
0.1

0.6
0.3
–
–
0.9
–
–
–
–
0.9

0.4
0.1
–
–
0.5
0.1
–
–
–
0.6
0.4
0.3

5.7
2.7
–
–
8.4
–
–
–
0.4
8.8

1.7
0.9
–
–
2.6
1.1
–
–
0.1
3.8
5.8
5.0

31 December 
2022 
£m
(6.0)
–
–
1.2
(0.1)
(0.4)
(5.3)
(3.9)
(1.4)

31 December 
2021 
£m
(4.2)
(2.7)
–
0.9
(0.1)
0.1
(6.0)
(4.2)
(1.8)

The Group took advantage of the exemptions available not to capitalise short-term leases with a duration of less than 12 months or leases of low-value assets. 
These leases have been treated as off-balance-sheet operating leases. There was no expense relating to either of these types of lease in the year (2021: £nil).

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Notes to the accounts continued

98

27.  Leases continued
The undiscounted payments under the leases fall due as follows:

Up to one year
One to five years
Over five years
Total undiscounted payments due under leases

28.  Capital commitments

Capital investment contracted but not provided for

29.  Contingent liabilities

Contingent liabilities in respect of guarantees and indemnities 
related to sales and other contracts

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

31 December 
2022 
£m
0.9
3.4
1.5
5.8

31 December 
2021 
£m
1.2
3.6
1.8
6.6

Company

2022 
£m
–

Company

2022 
£m

5.3

2021 
£m
–

2021 
£m

3.7

Group

2022 
£m
–

Group

2022 
£m

5.3

2021 
£m
–

2021 
£m

3.7

30.  Deferred contingent consideration 
Switchback Group Inc
Deferred consideration in respect of the acquisition of Switchback of £0.8m, following the satisfaction of certain performance targets in the year to 30 September 
2022, was paid in October 2022. The two-year performance criteria relating to the purchase of Switchback in 2020 has now concluded with the deferred 
consideration paid in full. The deferred consideration paid to ongoing employees of Switchback is £0.2m, which has been treated as additional remuneration and 
not included in the valuation of deferred consideration under IFRS3.

Reconciliation of movement in contingent earn-out consideration

Contingent earn-out liabilities as at 31 December 2020 
Payments made during period
Unwinding of present value
Other fair value adjustments
Business acquisitions
Released to income statement
Contingent earn-out liabilities as at 31 December 2021
Payments made during period
Unwinding of present value
Other fair value adjustments
Business acquisitions
Released to income statement
Contingent earn-out liabilities as at 31 December 2022

Group 
£m
3.5
(0.6)
0.1
–
–
(2.4)
0.6
(0.6)
–
–
–
–
–

Company 
£m
2.4
–
–
–
–
(2.4)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
31.  Related parties
Transactions with key management personnel
The compensation of key management personnel is disclosed in the Remuneration report on pages 37 to 39. Key management personnel comprise the Executive 
Directors only:

Short-term employment benefits
Share based payments
Total key management personnel compensation

31 December 
2022 
£m
0.1
0.1
0.2

31 December 
2021 
£m
0.8
0.2
1.0

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

99

Identity of related parties
The Company has a related party relationship with its subsidiaries (see note 33), Directors and the UK and USA defined benefit pension schemes. In the course of 
normal operations, related party transactions entered into by the Group have been contracted on an arm’s-length basis.

Details regarding transactions involving the Directors and their remuneration can be found in the Remuneration report on pages 37 to 39.

The Group recharges the UK defined benefit pension scheme with the costs of administration incurred by the Group. The total amount recharged in the year to 
31 December 2022 was £0.1m (2021: £0.1m).

32.  Group entities
All intra-group related party transactions and outstanding balances are eliminated in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements of the Group and 
therefore in accordance with IAS 24 Related party disclosures are not disclosed.

Subsidiary undertakings
Details of all subsidiary undertakings are shown below. Subsidiary undertakings are, unless otherwise shown in brackets below, registered in England and Wales. 
Unless otherwise specified below, all subsidiaries are 100% owned by the Company.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Principal subsidiary undertakings
Registered office
6500 Kitimat Road, Unit 1, Mississauga, Ontario LN5 2B8, Canada
Edisonstraat 14, 6604 BV Wijchen, The Netherlands
8 Burn Road, #09-01 Trivex, Singapore 369977
Station Estate, Tadcaster, North Yorkshire, LS24 9SG
5638 Transportation Blvd., Garfield Heights, OH 44125, USA
Subsidiary undertakings registered at Mpac Group plc registered office
Arista Laboratories Europe Limited
Hartsvale Limited
Mpac Corporate Services Limited
Mpac ITCM Limited
Overseas subsidiary undertakings
Registered office
6500 Kitimat Road, Unit 1, Mississauga, Ontario LN5 2B8, Canada

Molmac Engineering Limited
Thrissell Limited
Mpac Group Holdings Limited

Subsidiary undertakings
Mpac Langen, Inc. (Canada)
Mpac Langen B.V. (Netherlands)
Mpac Langen Pte. Ltd (Singapore)
Mpac Lambert Limited (UK)
Mpac Switchback Inc. (USA)

Mpac Machine Company Limited
Mpac Machinery Limited
Mpac Overseas Holdings Limited
Mpac Tobacco Machinery Limited

Subsidiary undertakings
1456074 Ontario, Inc. (Canada)
928142 Ontario, Inc. (Canada)
Mpac Corporation (USA)
ITCM North America, Inc. (USA)
Mpac Delaware, Inc. (USA)
Mpac Laboratories, Inc. (USA)
SASIB Corporation of America (USA)
Mpac USA, Inc. (USA)
Mpac Richmond, Inc. (USA)

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

100

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notes to the accounts continued

32.  Group entities continued
During the year ended 31 December 2022, the Company received interest income from subsidiary undertakings of £0.4m (2021: £0.5m), management fees of 
£2.1m (2021: £2.3m) and brand fees of £3.4m (2021: £3.0m).

At 31 December 2022, amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings to the Company were £25.3m (2021: £17.2m) and amounts owed by the Company to subsidiary 
undertakings were £39.2m (2021: £37.8m) and are unsecured. The amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings to the Company are stated after a provision of 
£13.9m (2021: £12.5m) representing amounts owed to the Company which are no longer considered recoverable.

At 31 December 2022, investments in subsidiaries by the Company were £63.8m (2021: £63.8m).

33.  Accounting estimates and judgements
The development, selection and disclosure of the Group’s critical accounting policies and estimates, and the application of these policies and estimates, are 
considered as part of the remit of the Audit Committee.

Estimates and judgements
Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis, with revisions recognised in the year in which the estimates are revised and in any future years 
affected. The areas involving significant risk resulting in a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are as follows:

Significant judgements
Revenue recognition
The Group recognises revenue and gross margin on long-term contracts over time, in accordance with IFRS 15, based upon the total number of hours expected to 
be used on the contract and the number of hours required to complete the contract. Labour hours have been selected as the most faithful depiction of progress 
(and hence the transfer of goods and services) as this most accurately reflects how Mpac provides value to the customer. Mpac delivers innovative, efficient, and 
technically robust solutions, with the time allocated to projects of Mpac engineers and technicians being the main driver to bring projects to fruition. Total expected 
revenue, the number of hours and cost of materials to complete the contract reflect management’s best estimate of the probable future benefits and obligations 
associated with the contract. Obligations on contracts may result in penalties due to late completion of contractual milestones or unanticipated costs due to 
project modifications, unexpected conditions or events. Further detail in respect of revenue recognition is shown in the accounting policies note and note 1. 

Labour hours have been selected as the most faithful depiction of progress (and hence the transfer of goods and services) as this most accurately reflects how Mpac 
provides value to the customer. Material costs incurred are not considered to be proportionate to the Group’s progress in satisfying progress on contracts for which revenue 
is recognised over time and therefore revenue in respect of materials is recognised at an amount equal to the cost of good used to satisfy the performance obligation.

Capitalisation of development costs
The Group capitalises costs for product development projects. Initial capitalisation of costs is based on management’s judgement that technological and economic 
feasibility is confirmed, usually when a product development project has reached a defined milestone according to an established project management model, and all 
other recognition criteria within IAS 38 can be demonstrated. In determining the amounts to be capitalised, management makes assumptions regarding the expected 
future cash generation of the project, discount rates to be applied and the expected period of benefits. During the year, the Group capitalised the development costs of 
a novel battery cell assembly line of £1.0m in addition to a number of smaller projects. The net book value of capitalised development costs was £2.0m (2021: £1.3m).

Areas of significant estimation
Pension accounting
Changes to key assumptions used for calculating the net pension asset/liability of the Group can have a significant impact on the accounting valuation of the 
Group’s defined benefit pension schemes. The key assumptions used in calculating the net pension asset/liability for the Group are disclosed in note 24. The value 
of the schemes’ liabilities is particularly sensitive to the discount, inflation and mortality rates used. An analysis of the impact on the net pension asset/liability to 
changes in these assumptions is also disclosed in note 24.

Deferred tax
Management have recognised a deferred tax asset of £3.1m (2021: £3.4m) based on historic losses and investment tax credits. The assessment of this utilisation is 
based on the Group’s latest budget, which is adjusted for significant non-taxable income and expenses, along with specific limits to the utilisation of the tax credits. 
Further details of the asset is in note 16.

Impairment of goodwill
The Group considers whether intangible assets and/or goodwill are impaired. Where an indication of impairment is identified the estimation of recoverable value 
requires assessment of the recoverable value of the cash generating units ("CGUs"). Determining whether goodwill balances are impaired requires an estimation 
of the value in use of the CGUs to which the value has been allocated. The value in use calculation requires the Group to estimate the future cash flows anticipated 
to arise from the CGUs and to apply a reasonable discount rate in order to calculate present value. The Group is required to perform an impairment review to 
determine whether the carrying value of goodwill balances are less than the recoverable amount annually. The recoverable amount is based on a calculation of 
expected future cash flows, which include estimates of future performance. Details of assumptions used in the review of goodwill balances are detailed in note 12.

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Five-year record

Revenue
Underlying operating profit/(loss)1
Non-underlying items
Operating profit/(loss)
Net financing expense
Profit/(Loss) before tax
Taxation
Profit/(Loss) for the period from continuing operations
(Loss)/profit for the period from discontinued operations
Profit/(Loss) for the period
Underlying operating return on sales1
Underlying earnings/(loss) per share1
Basic earnings/(loss) per share
Dividends per ordinary share in respect of the year
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment and investment property
Inventories
Trade and other receivables (including taxation)
Employee benefits

Trade and other payables (including taxation and provisions)

Cash
Net assets
1.  Before non-underlying items

2022 
£m
97.7
3.9
(3.9)
–
0.2
0.2
(0.6)
(0.4)
–
(0.4)
4.0%
13.3p
(2.2)p
–
25.4
9.8
9.6
49.2
29.4

(65.4)
58.0
4.2
62.2

2021 
£m
94.3
8.8
(0.5)
8.3
(0.1)
8.2
(0.4)
7.8
–
7.8
9.3%
39.7p
39.1p
–
25.3
10.6
5.5
36.5
33.2

(60.2)
50.9
14.5
65.4

2020 
£m
83.7
6.5
(3.6)
2.9
–
2.9
1.3
4.2
–
4.2
7.8%
31.4p
20.8p
–
27.4
9.9
3.5
36.6
11.0

(57.7)
30.7
15.5
46.2

2019 
£m
88.8
7.7
(2.4)
5.3
0.1
5.4
1.4
6.8
–
6.8
8.7%
39.5p
29.7p
–
16.3
11.7
3.2
31.1
17.3

(50.1)
29.5
18.9
48.4

2018 
£m
58.3
1.4
(9.0)
(7.6)
0.2
(7.4)
1.4
(6.0)
–
(6.0)
2.4%
4.5p
(30.1)p
–
1.0
5.2
2.4
26.5
14.3

(36.7)
12.7
27.9
40.6

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

101

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

102

Principal divisions and subsidiaries

The divisions and subsidiary undertakings shown include those which principally affect the profits and net assets of the Group as at the date of this report. 
Overseas companies operate and are incorporated in the countries in which they are based. In all cases, the class of shares held is ordinary equity shares (or 
equivalent) and the proportion held is 100% unless otherwise indicated. Shares in the UK companies are held directly by Mpac Group plc and those in the other 
overseas subsidiaries by intermediate holding companies.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Americas
Mpac Langen, Inc.
6500 Kitimat Road, Unit 1 
Mississauga 
Ontario L5N 2B8 
Canada

Tel: +1 905 670 7200 
E-mail: info.americas@mpac-group.com

Mpac Switchback Group
5638 Transportation Blvd 
Garfield Heights 
OH 44125 
USA

Tel: +1 216 290 6040 
E-mail: info.switchback@mpac-group.com

Europe, Middle East & Africa
Mpac Langen B.V.
Edisonstraat 14 
6604 BV Wijchen 
The Netherlands

Tel: +31 24 648 6655 
E-mail: info.emea@mpac-group.com

Mpac Lambert Limited
Station Estate 
Tadcaster 
North Yorkshire 
LS24 9SG 
United Kingdom

Tel: +44 (0)1937 832921 
E-mail: sales.emea@mpac-group.com

Asia Pacific
Mpac Langen Pte. Ltd
8 Burn Road, 
#09–01 Trivex, 
Singapore 369977

Tel: +65 63 39 96 66 
E-mail: info.asia@mpac-group.com

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Notice of Annual General Meeting

Notice is hereby given that the 111th Annual General Meeting (the “Meeting”) 
of Mpac Group plc (the Company) will be held at the offices of Hudson Sandler 
LLP, 25 Charterhouse Square, Barbican, London, EC1M 6AE on Wednesday 
17 May 2023 at 12 noon, to consider and, if thought appropriate, to pass the 
following resolutions, of which resolutions 1 to 11 will be proposed as ordinary 
resolutions and resolutions 12 to 15 will be proposed as special resolutions:

Ordinary resolutions
Report and Accounts
1.  To receive the audited annual accounts of the Company for the year ended 
31 December 2022 together with the Directors’ report and the auditors’ 
report on those annual accounts.

b)   comprising equity securities (as defined in Section 560 (1) of the Act) 

up to a further aggregate nominal value of £1,706,031 in connection 
with an offer by way of a rights issue, such authorities to expire at the 
conclusion of the 2024 AGM or if earlier, at close of business 17 August 
2024, save that the Company may before such expiry make an offer or 
agreement which would or might require shares to be allotted or rights 
to subscribe for or convert any security into shares to be granted after 
the authority ends.

For the purposes of this Resolution, ‘rights issue’ means an offer to:

a)  shareholders in proportion (as nearly as may be practicable) to their 

existing holdings; and

2.  To approve the Remuneration report, excluding the Remuneration Policy, set 

b)  holders of other equity securities if this is required by the rights of those 

out on pages 37 to 39 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2022.

Directors
3.  To re-elect Mrs S A Fowler as a Director.

4.  To re-elect Mr A J Kitchingman as a Director.

5.  To re-elect Mr D G Robertson as a Director.

6.  To re-elect Mr M G R Taylor as a Director.

7.  To re-elect Mr W C Wilkins as a Director.

8.  To elect Mr A P Holland as a Director

Auditors
9.  To appoint PKF Littlejohn LLP as auditors of the Company to hold office 

from the conclusion of this Meeting until the conclusion of the next general 
meeting at which accounts are laid before the Company.

10.  To authorise the Audit Committee to determine the remuneration of 

the auditors.

Directors’ authority to allot shares
11.  To generally and unconditionally authorise the Directors pursuant to and 
in accordance with Section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 (the Act), in 
substitution for all previous authorities to the extent unused, to exercise 
all the powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company and to 
grant rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares in 
the Company:

a)  up to an aggregate nominal amount of £1,706,031 (representing 

approximately one third of the total ordinary share capital in issue at 16 
March 2023, being the latest date prior to publication of this notice of 
meeting); and

securities or, if the Directors consider it necessary, as permitted by the 
rights of those securities;

to subscribe for further securities by means of the issue of a renounceable 
letter (or other negotiable document) which may be traded for a period 
before payment for the securities is due, but subject in both cases to such 
exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors consider necessary or 
appropriate in relation to treasury shares, fractional entitlements, record 
dates or legal, regulatory or practical problems in, or under the laws of, 
any territory.

Special resolutions
Disapplication of pre-emption rights
12.  That if resolution 11 is passed, the Board be authorised to allot equity 

securities (as defined in the Act) for cash under the authority given by that 
resolution and/or to sell ordinary shares held by the Company as treasury 
shares for cash as if section 561 of the Act did not apply to any such 
allotment or sale, such authority to be limited:

a)  to allotments for rights issues and other pre-emptive issues; and

b)  to the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares 

(otherwise than under paragraph (a) above) up to a nominal amount of 
£511,860; 

such authority to expire at the conclusion of the 2024 AGM of the Company 
(or, if earlier, at close of business on 17 August 2024) but, in each case, prior 
to its expiry the Company may make offers, and enter into agreements, 
which would, or might, require equity securities to be allotted (and treasury 
shares to be sold) after the authority expires and the Board may allot equity 
securities (and sell treasury shares) under any such offer or agreement as if 
the authority had not expired.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

103

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

104

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notice of Annual General Meeting continued
Notice of Annual General Meeting continued

13.  That if resolution 11 is passed, the Board be authorised in addition to any 
authority granted under resolution 13 to allot equity securities (as defined 
in the Act) for cash under the authority given by that resolution and/or 
to sell ordinary shares held by the Company as treasury shares for cash 
as if section 561 of the Act did not apply to any such allotment or sale, 
such authority to be limited to the allotment of equity securities or sale 
of treasury shares up to a nominal amount of £511,860 such authority to 
be used only for the purposes of financing (or refinancing, if the authority 
is to be used within 1 month after the original transaction) a transaction 
which the Board of the Company determines to be either an acquisition or 
a specified capital investment of a kind contemplated by the Statement of 
Principles on Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights most recently published by 
the Pre-Emption Group prior to the date of this notice; 

such authority to expire at the end of the 2024 AGM of the Company (or, if 
earlier, at close of business on 17 August 2024) save that, in each case, the 
Company may before such expiry make offers, and enter into agreements, 
which would, or might, require equity securities to be allotted (and treasury 
shares to be sold) after the authority expires and the Board may allot equity 
securities (and sell treasury shares) under any such offer or agreement as if 
the authority had not expired.

Authority to purchase of own shares
14.  That the Company be generally and unconditionally authorised for the 

purpose of Section 701 of the Act to make market purchases (as defined in 
Section 693 of the Act) of ordinary shares of 25 pence each in the capital of 
the Company (‘ordinary shares’) provided that:

d)  the authority hereby conferred shall (unless previously renewed or 

revoked) expire at the end of the 2024 AGM, save that the Company 
may before such expiry make a contract or agreement to make a market 
purchase of its own ordinary shares which will or may be executed 
wholly or partly after the expiry of such authority and the Company 
may purchase such shares as if the authority conferred hereby had not 
expired.

Adoption of new Articles of Association
15.  That: 

a)  the Articles of Association of the company be amended by deleting all 
the provisions of the company’s Memorandum of Association which, 
by virtue of section 28 of the Act, are to be treated as provisions of the 
company’s Articles of Association; and

b)  the Articles of Association produced to the meeting, and initialled by the 
Chairman for the purpose of identification, be adopted as the Articles of 
Association of the company in substitution for, and to the exclusion of, 
all existing Articles of Association of the Company.

By order of the Board

PRISM COSEC LIMITED 
Company Secretary

Registered in England and Wales No. 
124855

a)  the maximum number of ordinary shares hereby authorised to be 

22 March 2023

purchased is 2,047,422;

b)  the minimum price (exclusive of expenses) which may be paid for 

such ordinary shares is 25 pence per share, being the nominal amount 
thereof;

c)  the maximum price (exclusive of expenses) which may be paid for such 
ordinary shares shall be an amount equal to the higher of: (i) 5% above 
the average of the middle market quotations for such shares taken from 
The London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days 
immediately preceding the day on which the purchase is made; and 
(ii) the price of the last independent trade of an ordinary share and the 
highest current independent bid for an ordinary share as derived from 
the London Stock Exchange Trading System (“SETS”); and

Registered office: 
Station Estate 
Station Road 
Tadcaster 
North Yorkshire 
LS24 9SG

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
 
Explanatory Notes Relating to the Resolutions
Resolutions 1 to 11 are ordinary resolutions; resolutions 12 to 15 are special 
resolutions. To be passed, ordinary resolutions require more than 50% of votes 
cast to be in favour of the resolution whilst special resolutions require at least 
75% of the votes cast to be in favour of the resolution.

Ordinary Resolutions
To receive the Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Resolution 1 is a standard resolution. The Companies Act 2006 requires 
the Directors to lay before the Company in a general meeting copies of the 
Company’s annual accounts, and the Directors’ report and auditor’s report 
on those accounts. The Annual Report and Accounts 2022, which includes 
this Notice of Annual General Meeting, will be available online at 
www.mpac-group.com.

Remuneration Report
Resolution 2 seeks shareholders’ approval for the Directors’ Remuneration report 
which is set out on pages 37 to 39 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2022, for 
the year ended 31 December 2022. The vote is advisory only.

Election and re-election of Directors
In accordance with best practice in corporate governance, all Directors are 
standing for re-election. Resolutions 3 to 7 seek approval for the re-election of 
the Directors who served during the year. Resolution 8 concerns the election 
of Mr Holland as he was appointed a Director of the Company since the 2022 
AGM. Dr Steels will be standing down as a Director of the Company with effect 
from 17 May 2023 and will therefore not be standing for re-election at the AGM. 

Biographical information for each of the Directors is provided on page 26 of the 
Annual Report and Accounts 2022.

The Board has no hesitation in recommending the election or re-election of 
the Directors to shareholders. In making these recommendations, the Board 
confirms that it has given careful consideration to the Board’s balance of skills, 
knowledge and experience and is satisfied that each of the Directors putting 
themselves forward for election or re-election has sufficient time to discharge 
their duties effectively, taking into account their other commitments.

Auditors
The auditors of a company must be appointed or re-appointed at each general 
meeting at which the accounts are laid.

Resolution 9 seeks approval to appoint PKF Littlejohn LLP, who were appointed as 
auditors to the Company following the resignation of Grant Thornton UK LLP from 
this office on 23 June 2022, as the Company’s auditors until the conclusion of the 
next general meeting of the Company at which accounts are laid.

Resolution 10 seeks consent for the Audit Committee to determine the 
remuneration of the auditors.

Directors’ authority to allot shares
Resolution 11 seeks consent for shareholders to grant the Directors authority to 
allot shares or grant rights to subscribe for or convert securities into shares, up 
to a maximum aggregate nominal value of £3,412,062, which is approximately 
two-thirds of the nominal value of the issued ordinary share capital of the 
Company as at 16 March 2023, being the latest practicable date prior to the 
publication of this notice. 

£1,706,031 of this authority is reserved for a fully pre-emptive rights issue 
only which is the maximum permitted amount under best practice corporate 
governance guidelines. 

The authority will expire at the next Annual General Meeting of the Company or 
if earlier, at close of business on 17 August 2024. The Directors have no current 
intention of exercising such authority and will exercise this power only when 
they believe that such exercise is in the best interests of the shareholders.

Special resolutions
Disapplication of pre-emption rights
Resolutions 12 and 13 will be proposed as special resolutions, each requiring a 
majority of 75% of those voting to be in favour. If the Directors wish to allot new 
shares and other equity securities, or sell treasury shares, for cash (other than in 
connection with an employee share scheme), company law requires that these 
shares are offered first to shareholders in proportion to their existing holdings. 

Resolution 12 deals with the authority of the Directors to allot new shares 
or other equity securities pursuant to the authority given by resolution 11, or 
sell treasury shares, for cash without the shares or other equity securities 
first being offered to shareholders in proportion to their existing holdings. 
Such authority shall only be used in connection with a pre-emptive offer, or 
otherwise, up to an aggregate nominal amount of £511,860, being approximately 
10% of the total issued ordinary share capital of the Company 
as at 16 March 2023.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

105

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

106

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notice of Annual General Meeting continued
Notice of Annual General Meeting continued

The Pre-Emption Group Statement of Principles 2022 issued on 4 November 
2022 supports the annual disapplication of pre-emption rights in respect of 
allotments of shares and other equity securities (and sales of treasury shares 
for cash) representing no more than an additional 10% of issued ordinary share 
capital (exclusive of treasury shares), to be used only in connection with an 
acquisition or specified capital investment. The Pre-Emption Group’s Statement 
of Principles defines ‘specified capital investment’ as meaning one or more 
specific capital investment related uses for the proceeds of an issuance of 
equity securities, in respect of which sufficient information regarding the 
effect of the transaction on the Company, the assets that are the subject of 
the transaction and (where appropriate) the profits attributable to them is 
made available to shareholders to enable them to reach an assessment of 
the potential return.

Accordingly, and in line with the template resolutions published by the 
Pre-Emption Group, resolution 13 seeks to authorise the Directors to allot 
new shares and other equity securities pursuant to the authority given 
by resolution 11, or sell treasury shares, for cash up to a further nominal 
amount of £511,860, being approximately 10% of the total issued ordinary 
share capital of the Company as at 16 March 2023, only in connection 
with an acquisition or specified capital investment which is announced 
contemporaneously with the allotment, or which has taken place in the 
preceding six-month period and is disclosed in the announcement of the 
issue. If the authority given in resolution 13 is used, the Company will publish 
details of the placing in its next Annual Report. If these resolutions are 
passed, the authorities will expire at the end of the 2024 AGM or at close 
of business on 17 August 2024, whichever is the earlier.

The Board considers the authorities in resolutions 12 and 13 to be appropriate 
in order to allow the Company flexibility to finance business opportunities or to 
conduct a rights issue or other pre-emptive offer without the need to comply 
with the strict requirements of the statutory pre-emption provisions. 

Authority to purchase own shares
Resolution 14 seeks authority for the Company to make market purchases of 
its own ordinary shares up to a maximum number of 2,047,442 ordinary shares, 
representing approximately 10% of the issued ordinary share capital at 16 
March 2023. The authority requested would replace a similar authority granted 
last year and would expire at the end of the 2024 AGM, or if earlier, at close of 
business on 17 August 2024. 

In reaching a decision to purchase ordinary shares, the Directors will take 
account of the Company’s cash resources and capital and the general effect 
of such purchase on the Company’s business. The authority would only be 
exercised by the Directors if they considered it to be in the best interests of the 
shareholders generally and if the purchase could be expected to result in an 
increase in earnings per ordinary share.

Adoption of new Articles of Association: Resolution 15
The current Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association (the 
“Current Articles”) of Mpac Group plc (the “Company”) were adopted at the 
annual general meeting held on 24 April 2009 and contain references to 
legislation that no longer apply. Accordingly, the Directors are recommending 
that new Articles of Association are adopted at the 2023 Annual General Meeting 
(“AGM”) to remove those provisions which no longer apply and to update certain 
other provisions to reflect current best practice (the “New Articles”).

A copy of the New Articles and a marked up copy of the New Articles compared 
to the Current Articles will be available for inspection during normal working 
hours at the Company’s registered office at Station Estate, Station Road, 
Tadcaster, North Yorkshire LS24 9SG and on the Company’s website at www.
mpac-group.com from the date of this notice up until the AGM. A copy will also 
be available 15 minutes prior to, and during, the AGM. 

This note explains the major changes which are being proposed in the 
New Articles. 

To reflect current legislation
By virtue of section 28 of the Companies Act 2006, all provisions in the 
Memorandum of Association are being deleted and treated as being provisions 
of the Articles of Association.

References to the Companies Act 1985 have been either removed or replaced 
with the equivalent reference in the Companies Act 2006.

The provision allowing the Company to increase its share capital by way of 
ordinary resolution has been removed as the company is no longer required to 
have an authorised share capital in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

The Current Articles provide that there is no requirement for special notice to 
be given of any resolution to re-appoint a director who has attained the age of 
70. As the upper age limit for directors no longer applies, this requirement has 
been deleted from the Current Articles.

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
Preference shares
The Company currently has ordinary shares of 25p each and 6 per cent. 
cumulative preference shares of £1 each (the “Preference Shares”) in issue. The 
rights attaching to the Preference Shares have been inadvertently omitted from 
the Current Articles. The New Articles therefore contain the relevant rights in 
relation to the Preference Shares as last noted in the articles of association of 
the Company approved in 1994.

Authority to allot securities and dis-application of pre-emption rights
The provisions relating to the authority to allot relevant securities and to dis-
apply pre-emption rights have been removed as these are no longer required to 
be in the Articles to be effective.

Registration of the transfer of shares
The provision relating to the right of the Board to refuse the registration of 
certificated shares has been amended to reflect current legislation and the 
provision allowing the Company to suspend the registration of the transfer of 
shares has been deleted as companies are no longer permitted to suspend 
such transfers.

Proceedings at general meetings 
The New Articles permit the Company to convene and hold hybrid shareholder 
meetings, whereby facilities are provided for attendance both in person and 
electronically. The New Articles do not provide for purely electronic meetings to 
be convened. The provisions relating to meetings in multiple physical locations 
or ‘satellite meetings’ have also been included to reflect current practice and 
technology, in particular that such attendees count towards the quorum and 
may exercise voting rights and include the ability for the chairman to adjourn 
the meeting if the facilities provided become inadequate. The new Articles also 
provide that at a hybrid meeting all business of the meeting will be conducted by 
means of a poll. The directors’ powers relating to health and safety and security 
at general meetings have also been incorporated in the New Articles, in particular 
to ensure the directors have the power to take measures they deem necessary to 
secure the health and safety of persons physically present at a meeting.

Methods of voting at general meetings
The New Articles require votes put to general meetings held partly by means of 
an electronic facility to be decided on a poll.

Retirement of directors
In accordance with the Company’s current practice, the New Articles now 
require all directors in office at the date of the notice of AGM to retire from 
office and offer themselves for re-election by members. 

Directors’ interests and voting
The provision relating to whether a director can vote and be counted in the 
quorum in relation to a transaction or arrangement with another company in 
which that director holds one per cent or more of the voting rights in such 
company has been updated to clarify when a director is deemed to hold one per 
cent or more of the voting rights. 

Notice of Board meetings
The New Articles allow for directors who are absent or intending to be absent 
from the United Kingdom to request that notices of Board meetings be sent to 
the director at an alternative address, including an electronic address, given by 
the director. 

Secretary
The New Articles allow for the Board to appoint a deputy or assistant secretary 
who, during such time there may be no secretary, may act as secretary and do 
any act authorised or required to be done by the secretary.

Communications during suspension or curtailment of postal services
The provisions relating to communicating with shareholders if the postal 
services within the United Kingdom are suspended or curtailed have been 
amended to reflect best practice.

Untraced members
The provisions relating to the sale of shares for those members who 
are untraced have been updated to reflect the requirements under the 
Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001.

Notices and other communications
The New Articles provide that the Company may cease to send communications 
to a shareholder when communications have been returned on two consecutive 
occasions. The provisions regarding service of notices where the Company is 
unable effectively to give notice of a general meeting (for example because of a 
postal strike) require the Company to advertise the general meeting in at least 
two UK national daily newspapers rather than one, as well as giving notice to 
those members where notice can validly be given by electronic means.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

107

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

108

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notice of Annual General Meeting continued
Notice of Annual General Meeting continued

Notes Relating to the Notice
The following notes explain your general rights as a shareholder and your right 
to vote at this Meeting or to appoint someone else to vote on your behalf.

6.  In order to reduce the Company’s environmental impact, our intention is to 
remove paper from the voting process as far as possible. You are therefore 
asked to vote in one of the following ways:

Entitlement to attend and vote
1.  To be entitled to vote at the Meeting (and for the purpose of the 

determination by the Company of the number of votes they may cast), 
shareholders must be registered in the Register of Members of the 
Company at close of trading on Monday 15 May 2023, or if the meeting 
is adjourned, close of business on the day which is two days’ prior to the 
adjourned meeting. In each case, changes to the Register of Members after 
the relevant deadline shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any 
person to attend and vote at the Meeting.

Voting at the Meeting
2.  Voting at the Meeting will be by way of poll rather than on a show of hands. 
This is a more transparent method of voting as shareholder votes are 
counted according to the number of shares held and will help to ensure an 
exact and definitive result. If you will not be participating in the meeting in 
person and wish to vote in advance, you may appoint a proxy as further 
detailed in notes 3 to 11 below. 

Appointment of proxies
3.  Shareholders are entitled to appoint another person as a proxy to 

exercise all or part of their rights to vote on their behalf at the Meeting. A 
shareholder may appoint more than one proxy in relation to the Meeting 
provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a 
different ordinary share or ordinary shares held by that shareholder. A proxy 
need not be a shareholder of the Company. 

4. 

In the case of joint holders, where more than one of the joint-holders purports 
to appoint a proxy, only the appointment submitted by the most senior holder 
will be accepted. Seniority is determined by the order in which the names of 
the joint holders appear in the Company’s Register of Members in respect of 
the joint holding (the first named being the most senior).

5.  A vote withheld is not a vote in law, which means that the vote will not be 

counted in the calculation of votes for or against the resolution. If no voting 
indication is given, your proxy will vote or abstain from voting at his or her 
discretion. Your proxy will vote (or abstain from voting) as he or she thinks 
fit in relation to any other matter which is put before the Meeting.

  Register your vote online through our registrar’s portal – www.signalshares.
com. You will need your investor code which is printed on your share 
certificate or may be obtained by calling the Company’s registrar, Link Group 
(‘Link’) on 0371 664 0300. Calls are charged at the standard geographic rate 
and will vary by provider. Calls outside the United Kingdom will be charged 
at the applicable international rate. Lines are open between 09:00 – 17:30, 
Monday to Friday excluding public holidays in England and Wales.

  Link has launched a shareholder app: LinkVote+. It’s free to download and 
use and gives shareholders the ability to access their shareholding record at 
any time and allows users to submit a proxy appointment quickly and easily 
online rather than through the post. The app is available to download on 
both the Apple App Store and Google Play.

  CREST members may use the CREST electronic proxy appointment service 
as detailed in note 9 below.

  Proxymity Voting – if you are an institutional investor you may also be able 
to appoint a proxy electronically via the Proxymity platform, a process 
which has been agreed by the Company and approved by the Registrar. 
For further information regarding Proxymity, please go to www.proxymity.
io. Your proxy must be lodged by 11:00 a.m on Monday 24 April 2023 in 
order to be considered valid or, if the meeting is adjourned, by the time 
which is 48 hours before the time of the adjourned meeting. Before you 
can appoint a proxy via this process you will need to have agreed to 
Proxymity’s associated terms and conditions. It is important that you read 
these carefully as you will be bound by them and they will govern the 
electronic appointment of your proxy. An electronic proxy appointment 
via the Proxymity platform may be revoked completely by sending an 
authenticated message via the platform instructing the removal of your 
proxy vote.

  If you prefer, you may request a hard copy form from Link using the 
numbers shown above and return it to Link Group, PXS 1, Central Square, 
29 Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 4DL

  All proxy appointments, whether electronic or hard copy, must be received 
by the Company’s registrar no later than 12 noon. on Monday 15 May 2022 
(or, in the event that the meeting is adjourned, no later than 48 hours 
(excluding any part of the day that is not a working day) before the time of 
any adjourned meeting).

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
7. 

If you return more than one proxy appointment, either by paper or 
electronic communication, the appointment received last by the Registrar 
before the latest time for the receipt of proxies will take precedence. You 
are advised to read the terms and conditions of use carefully. Electronic 
communication facilities are open to all shareholders and those who use 
them will not be disadvantaged.

8.  CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST 
electronic proxy appointment service may do so for the Meeting (and any 
adjournment of the Meeting) by using the procedures described in the 
CREST Manual (available from www.euroclear.com/site/public/EUI). CREST 
Personal Members or other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST 
members who have appointed a service provider(s), should refer to their 
CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s), who will be able to take the 
appropriate action on their behalf.

9.  In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made by means of CREST 
to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a ‘CREST Proxy Instruction’) 
must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland 
Limited’s specifications and must contain the information required for 
such instructions, as described in the CREST Manual. The message must 
be transmitted so as to be received by the issuer’s agent (ID RA10) by the 
latest time for receipt of proxy appointments specified above. For this 
purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to mean the time (as determined 
by the timestamp applied to the message by the CREST application host) 
from which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to 
CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After this time, any change of 
instructions to proxies appointed through CREST should be communicated 
to the appointee through other means.

Corporate representatives
11.  Any corporation which is a shareholder can appoint one or more corporate 

representatives who may exercise on its behalf all of its powers as a 
shareholder provided that no more than one corporate representative 
exercises powers in relation to the same shares. 

Issued shares and total voting rights 
12.  As 16 March 2023 (being the latest practicable business day prior to 
the publication of this Notice), the Company’s ordinary issued share 
capital consists of 20,474,424 ordinary shares, carrying one vote each. 
Therefore, the total voting rights in the Company as at 16 March 2023 
are 20,474,424.

Questions
13.  We always welcome questions from our shareholders and we request that 
shareholders submit their questions to the Board before the Meeting. We 
will ensure that answers to questions are placed on the Company’s website. 

You can submit questions up until 11 a.m. on 15 May 2023 by emailing them 
to cosec@mpac-group.com

Communication
14.  You may not use any electronic address (within the meaning of Section 
333(4) of the Companies Act 2006) provided in either this Notice or any 
related documents (including the form of proxy) to communicate with the 
Company for any purposes other than those expressly stated.

Website giving information regarding the meeting
15.  A copy of this Notice can be found on the Company’s website at 

10.  CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting 

www.mpac-group.com.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

109

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

service providers should note that Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited does not 
make available special procedures in CREST for any particular message. 
Normal system timings and limitations will, therefore, apply in relation 
to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the 
CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST 
personal member, or sponsored member, or has appointed a voting service 
provider(s), to procure that his CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s) 
take(s)) such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is 
transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular time. In this 
connection, CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors 
or voting system providers are referred, in particular, to those sections of 
the CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST system 
and timings. The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction 
in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated 
Securities Regulations 2001.

48 Financial statements23 Corporate governance 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Corporate information

110

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Registered office
Station Estate 
Station Road 
Tadcaster 
North Yorkshire 
LS24 9SG

Tel: +44 (0)2476 421100 
Email: ho@mpac-group.com

Registered number 
124855

Secretary
Prism Cosec Limited

Auditors
PKF Littlejohn LLP 
15 Westferry Circus 
Canary Wharf 
London 
E14 4HD

Nominated Advisor & Broker
Shore Capital and Corporate Limited 
57 St James’s Street 
London 
SW1A 1LD 

Financial PR
Hudson Sandler LLP 
25 Charterhouse Square 
London 
EC1M 6AE 

Registrars
Link Group 
10th Floor, Central Square 
29 Wellington Street 
Leeds 
LS1 4DL 
0371 664 0300 
www.signalshares.com

Share price
Available from: 
FT Cityline – tel: +44 (0)905 817 1690 
Certain national newspapers

Website
Further information is available at www.mpac-group.com

Timetable
Annual General Meeting 
17 May 2023

Payment dates for preference dividend 
30 June 2023 and 31 December 2023

Half-year announcement 
September 2023

23 Corporate governance48 Financial statements 
 
y
b
d
e
c
u
d
o
r
p
d
n
a
d
e
n
g
s
e
D

i

Printed sustainably in the UK  
by Pureprint, a CarbonNeutral® 
company with FSC® chain 
of custody and an ISO 14001- 
certified environmental 
management system recycling 
over 99% of all dry waste.

 
 
 
Mpac Group plc 
Station Estate 
Station Road 
Tadcaster 
North Yorkshire 
LS24 9SG

Tel: +44 (0)2476 421100 
Email: ho@mpac-group.com

mpac-group.com